generic commissioning instructions
Post on 02-Oct-2021
4 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 1
by Honeywell
Generic Commissioning Instructions
Vigilon range of panels
Vigilon Alarm System
GENT 2003
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
Panel healthy15:45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
Disablement
Power Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Verify
Sounder
CB253
CB254
Previous Next
Vigilon Compact System
GENT 2005
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
Panel healthy15:45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
Disablement
Power Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Verify
Sounder
CB253
CB254
Previous Next
All Zones Clear Zones
Voice Alarm Zones
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages Emergency messages
1 42 3 5
6 97 8 10
1
2
3
1
2
3
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm SystemGENT 2003
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
Panel healthy 15:45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
Disablement
Power Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Verify
Sounder
CB253
CB254
Previous Next
ALERT
BOMB
EVACUATE
MIC
TEST START
STAND DOWN
TEST END
ISSU
E2
Table of Contents
Preface- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4
Associated documents - - - - - - - - - - - - 4
Conventions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4
Preliminary information - - - - - - - - - 5Safety information - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5
Abbreviations - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5
Pre-visit checks- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6
Points to remember - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6
Informing responsible persons - - - - - - - - - 7
Pre-commissioning - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7
A typical commissioning process - - - - - 8
Product Approval and Standards - - - - - 9Fire detection and alarm control panel - - - - - 9
S-Quad Sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9
34xxx Sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10
Sounder Strobe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10
Interface Units - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10
Panel Controls and indications - - - - - - 11Vigilon Compact Panel - - - - - - - - - - - - 11
Vigilon Compact VA panel - - - - - - - - - - 11
Vigilon 4-loop panels (BS panel shown) - - - - 11
Controls and indications - - - - - - - - - 12
new Vigilon 4/6 loop Panels - - - - - - - 16Second fix parts supplied - - - - - - - - - - - 16
Remove the protective covers - - - - - - - - - 17
Fitting the inner door - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17
Printer paper roll - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18
Setting the DKC card - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18
Card installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18
Terminals - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19
Before power-up - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20
Mains supply - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20
Battery installation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21
PSU LED indications - - - - - - - - - - - - - 22
Write protect link on backplane - - - - - - - - 22
EN panel factory settings - - - - - - - - - - - 22
How to configure the 'U' buttons andCB254 LED - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 23
How to fit the outer door - - - - - - - - - - - 23
Vigilon Compact Panel - - - - - - - - - 24Installing the cards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 25
Wiring of external circuits- - - - - - - - - - - 27
Battery connection - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28
Switching the essential controls - - - - - - - - 28
Factory settings- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28
Power up- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28
How to configure the monitored input - - - - - 30
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2 - - - - 30
How to configure LEDs CB253 and CB254 - - 30
External printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 31
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm Panel - - - 32Cards and Terminals - - - - - - - - - - - - - 33
Master Control Board Terminals- - - - - - - - 34
Terminals on Audio Control Card (ACC) - - - 34
Factory settings- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35
Loop Processor Card (LPC) - - - - - - - - - - 35
Power up- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 36
External printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 37
How to configure the monitored input - - - - - 37
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2 - - - - 37
How to configure LEDs CB253 and CB254 - - 37
How to check and set the audio signal - - - - - 37
Indications on power up - - - - - - - - - 38
Initial tests - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 38
Useful menu options - - - - - - - - - - - 39Panel Buzzer- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39
Software version - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39
Password orPersonal Identification Number- - - - - - 39
How to set up the Engineer password - - - - - 40
How to set up a Customer password - - - - - - 40
Address allocation - - - - - - - - - - - - 41Connecting Loop 1 circuit- - - - - - - - - - - 41
With Loop 1 End 1 connected - - - - - - - - - 41
How to re-allocate a loop circuit - - - - - - - - 42
Checking a loop map- - - - - - - - - - - 43To find devices on loop circuit - - - - - - - - 43
Non Volatile Memory (NVM) - - - - - - 44Hardware write protect - - - - - - - - - - - - 44
The configuration data held at the panel - - - - 44
Data Back-up & Recovery - - - - - - - - 45To back up loop data to NVM - - - - - - - - - 45
To recover loop data from NVM - - - - - - - 45
To 'software' write protect NVM - - - - - - - 45
To 'software' write unprotect NVM - - - - - - 45
How to electrically erase the NVM - - - - - - 45
Safe Addressing - - - - - - - - - - - - - 46To safe address a device - - - - - - - - - - - 46
To convert from safe to soft address - - - - - - 46
Loop circuit tests - - - - - - - - - - - - 47Loop resistance and capacitance - - - - - - - - 47
How to [Repair] a loop circuit - - - - - - - - - 47
Loop short circuit test - - - - - - - - - - - - - 47
Ground break test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 48
Positive line break test - - - - - - - - - - - - 48
Earth fault test - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 49
Checking device status - - - - - - - - - - 50
Device checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 51Checking the time averages - - - - - - - - - - 51
Checking the sensor Exceptions/Subfault codes 52
Exception codes for Optical (heat) (sounder)sensor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 53
Exception codes for Heat sensor - - - - - - - - 54
Exception codes for Beam sensor - - - - - - - 55
Exception (or Condition) Codes for S-Quads - - 56
Pre Fire, Fire and Super fire - - - - - - - 57
Device States - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 58
Generic Commissioning instructions
2 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Optical heat (sounder) sensor states(34000 range) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 58
Heat sensor states (34000 range) - - - - - - - 59
Beam sensor states (34000 range) - - - - - - - 59
S-Quad Heat sensor states - - - - - - - - - - - 60
S-Quad Optical sensor states - - - - - - - - - 60
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat / OpticalHeat sensor states- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 61
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat CO sensor states - - 61
Interface input states - - - - - - - - - - - - - 62
Installed equipment tests - - - - - - - - - 63Preparation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Communication to site occupants - - - - - - - 63
Commissioning computer - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Zone 'Test' mode - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
'Commission' mode - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Fire Sensors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 63
Manual Call Points - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 64
Interface Units - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 64
S Cubed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 64
S-Quad- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Sounders - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Auxiliary equipment - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Repeat panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Mimic Panel - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 65
Deviations from standards- - - - - - - - - - - 65
Vigilon Compact Network - - - - - - - - 66Single Network connections - - - - - - - - - - 66
Wiring a Copper network - - - - - - - - - - - 67
Single network without domain bridge - - - - - 67
Network Card baud and node address Switches - 68
Powering-up the Network - - - - - - - - - - - 68
How to check a Network map - - - - - - - - - 68
How to check Network Card status - - - - - - 69
Fault Finding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 69
High errors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 69
Single Vigilon Network - - - - - - - - - 70Single Network connections - - - - - - - - - - 70
Wiring a Copper network - - - - - - - - - - - 71
Wiring a Fibre network - - - - - - - - - - - - 71
Single network without domain bridge - - - - - 71
Powering-up the Network - - - - - - - - - - - 72
How to check a Network map - - - - - - - - - 72
How to check Network Card status - - - - - - 72
Fault Finding - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 73
High errors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 73
Multiple Vigilon Networks - - - - - - - - 74Domain Bridge using Input Output card - - - - 74
Two networks using Domain bridge IO card - - 74
Star network using Domain bridge IO cards - - 74
IO domain bridge network switch settings - - - 75
Message routing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 76
Domain bridge message passing tests - - - - - 77
Domain bridge using Fibre Optic network card - 78
FO Domain Network switch settings - - - - - - 79
Appendix A - Menu maps for EN54 Vigilon4-Loop panel, Vigilon Compact(and VA) panels - - - - - - - - - - - - - 80
Appendix A - Menu maps for BS version 3+Vigilon 4-Loop panels - - - - - - - - - - 89
Appendix B - Message Action List - - - - 97Clearable fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - - 97
Latching fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - - 97
Repairable fault events - - - - - - - - - - - - 97
Message Action list - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 97
Appendix C - Guidelines for standalonesystem commands - - - - - - - - - - - - 114
Labels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 114
Long labels- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 115
Sectors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 117
Delay Blocks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 119
Time slots and time blocks - - - - - - - - - - 120
Zones - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 121
Groups - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 121
Zone Tasks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 122
Command Builds - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 123
Sounders Configuration - - - - - - - - - - - - 124
S3 Mark I- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 125
S-Cubed Mark II and S-Quad - - - - - - - - - 126
Auxiliary Relays - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 127
Appendix D - Guidelines for Networked systemcommands- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 128
Master Sectors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 128
Master Groups - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 130
Appendix E - Cards - - - - - - - - - - - 131
Appendix F - Device commissioning - - - 133
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 3
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Generic Commissioning instructions
4 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Preface
This is the second issue of the Commissioning instructions forthe fire alarm system based on the EN54/BS Vigilon 4/6 looppanels, Vigilon Compact (includes networking) panel andVigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel. This manual covers ENpanels having Master Control Card / Master Control Boardsoftware at version 4.3X and BS panels having Master ControlCard software at version 3.9X.
Associated documents
Programming tool manual
EN54 Vigilon 4/6-loop panel Installation instructions
EN54 Vigilon 4/6 loop panel Operating instructions
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel Installation instructions
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel Operating instructions
Vigilon Compact panel Installation instructions
Vigilon Compact panel Operating instructions
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel Installation instructions
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel Operating instructions
Conventions
� This is a note to highlight important text that isnormally hidden in the main text.
� This is either a caution to prevent damageto the equipment or a warning to inform ofdangerous conditions that may result in injury ordeath.
Symbol Keys
What you will see
What you will hear
Preliminary information
34K Control PanelsThis manual does not cover the34K 4-Loop Control Panels.
For information on 34K 4-LoopControl panel refer to Vigilon BS4-Loop Control panels in thismanual.
Both range of panels haveversion 3+ software and the onlydifference is in the branding.
Safety information
�1. Do not remove or replace printed circuit boards,fuses or attempt to wire the control panel with thepanel powered up. Always power down the mainssupply at the fused spur unit (disconnect device).
2. When powering up always power-up the mainssupply first before the battery supply. Thepower-down should be done in reverse order.
3. When installing the cards into the master controlboard always use anti-static work procedures.
4. Do not use anti-static procedures on liveequipment.
Abbreviations
ADC - Analogue to digital converter
C - Common
CH -channel
DEV - Device
DIL - Dual in line
DKC - Display keyboard card
DPCO - Double pole change over (relay contacts)
EOL - End of line
FAB - First action byte
HF - High frequency
IO or I/O - Input Output (Interface unit)
IP - Ingress protection
LED - Light emitting diode
LPC - Loop processor card
LPCB - Loss prevention council certification board
MCB - Master control board
MCC - Main control card or Main controller card(CARD 0)
MCP - Manual call point
Mpeg - Moving picture expert group
N/C or NC - Normally closed
N/O or NO - Normally open
NVM - Non Volatile Memory (CARD14)
O/C or OC - Open circuit
OS - Outstation (Loop device or DEV)
PC - Personal computer
PCB - Printed circuit board
PIN - Personal identification number(usercode, password, access code)
PSU - Power supply unit
PVC - Polyvinyl chloride
QB - Quick blow (fuse)
RAM -Random access memory
ROM - Read only memory
S/C or SC - Short circuit
SAB - Second action byte
SAFE - Software addressed firmware encoded
SPCO - Single pole change over (relay contacts)
SPL - Sound pressure level
T - Anti-surge (fuse)
TBA - To be advised
USB - Universal serial bus
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 5
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Pre
lim
inary
info
rmati
on
Pre-visit checks
� Ensure there are accurate as fitted wiring drawingsavailable, 2 copies are required.
� Any damaged equipment has been noted forreplacement.
� Ensure access will be provided to system equipmentinstalled in the protected premises.
� The installer (electrical contractor) will be inattendance until the installation is proved.
� Site contact or representative will be available duringthe visit.
� Ensure the commissioning tool along with theassociated cables and printer, plus instructions, areavailable.
� Ensure spare parts are available, such as:
• MCP glasses
• MCP test key
• Printer paper roll
• Equipment door keys.
Points to remember
Earth leads
� All earth leads supplied with the system equipmentmust be securely fitted to maintain earth continuity.
Parts for later installation
� All unused parts should be retained in their respectivecontainer for safe keeping until required.
Loop wiring
� The loop cable should have been connected to theappropriate terminals at each device, as shown in theinstallation manual in accordance with the as fittedwiring drawings.
Enclosure
� Access into equipment enclosure is usually by meansof opening an outer door/cover. A panel may also havean inner door which may also need opening.
Unattended equipment
� Where equipment is to be left unattended, then it isimportant to close the door /cover for safety.
Copper fingers
� Copper fingers are conductive spring like strips fittedto metal assemblies. They are fitted to shield againstelectromagnetic and radio frequency interferences.Ensure the copper finger strips are intact and nodamage has occurred. Damaged fingers willreintroduce the gap to let in/out interferences.
Static precaution
� The discharge of static electricity can damage ordegrade sensitive electronic components on printedcircuit boards. Anti-static procedures should befollowed when handling static sensitive boards.
� It is important that anti-static proceduresare NOT carried out on live equipment.
Removal and disconnection
� Any disconnection of cables or removal of parts of anassembly must be restored and replaced.
Battery
� To prevent damage to batteries and equipment, theterminals of the battery must not simultaneously touchany conductive part of the equipment enclosure.
� Sealed lead acid battery can have a useful life of up to5 years from the date of manufacture, it is stronglyrecommended that batteries are replaced after 4 years.The batteries must be disposed of correctly byfollowing battery manufacturers recommendations.
Powering up
� When equipment is being powered up always connectthe mains supply before the battery supply.Power-down should be done in reverse order.
� Arcing may occur when the battery circuitis connected to mains powered equipment.
Generic Commissioning instructions
6 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pre
lim
inary
info
rmati
on
Panel Buzzer
� It may be necessary during commissioning to switchOff the panel buzzer. It is possible to selectively switchthe disablement, fault, fire, supervisory and commandbuild buzzer sound to Off or On. It is important toensure that the buzzer is switched On for normaloperation after commissioning.
Fire plan
� The system should be tested in accordance with theproject specification.
Sensor cover
� Each fire sensor installed in the system should havebeen fitted with a dust cover during installation. Thedust covers must be removed from all the fire sensorsafter the panel loops have been satisfactorilypowered-up and with addresses allocated to eachdevice ready for further checks and tests.
Site specific installation
� Plant equipment interfaced to the system should betested to recommendations made in the projectspecification.
Test mode (V4) & Commission Mode (V3+)
� During commissioning of the system you will need toswitch On the Test/Commission mode. It is importantto switch Off the test/commission mode after the workis over, to ensure the system operates normally.
Informing responsible persons
It is important to inform the person(s) responsible for the firealarm system that the system is being commissioned.
Pre-commissioning
� Check the installation of fire alarm equipment withreference to the most recent as fitted wiring drawings.
� Get the feel of the operating condition of areas on thesite:
• action the installer to carry out any rectificationwork plus
• report discrepancies for administration purposes.
� Where the operating condition of an area is not rightfor the equipment installed, then the appropriatereplacement action must be taken.
� Ensure the fire system equipment is installed inaccordance with the appropriate standards and projectspecification.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 7
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Pre
lim
inary
info
rmati
on
A typical commissioning process
Generic Commissioning instructions
8 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Aty
pic
alco
mm
issio
nin
gp
rocess
Panel preparationOpen the panel doors and:– Fit the internal cables and install the loop card(s)– Ensure no external circuits are connected at this stage– Fit the end of line resistors to the master alarms and
monitored input where applicable– Connect the external printer to the panel where used– Ensure no other external circuits are connected to
devices on loop circuits.
Inform responsible person(s)Inform responsible person(s) that the fire alarmsystem is being commissioned and occupants in theprotected premises will hear test alarms.Ensure occupants are made aware of alternative siteprocedures should there be a fire event while the systemis commissioned.Survey the installation with reference to most recent
Ensure the equipment has been installed in accordancewith the appropriate standards and project specification.
as-fitted-drawings.
Pre visit checksEnsure you have:
Access to all protected areasInstaller is present to rectify wiring faultsTools and spare parts.
––––
As-fitted-drawings
Initial tests and set ups– Do a display test– Set the system clock at the panel– Configure the printer port if printer is installed– Set up engineer level password to prevent
unauthorised access to controls.
Power up– Fit the batteries and Power up the mains supply
before connecting the batteries.
Audio loop wiring testsConnect each audio loop and carry out tests.
Address allocation and loop map- Set interface switches and also also ensure
mains devices on the loop are powered up.– Connect a loop circuit– Allocate addresses to loop devices, one loop at a time.– Set switches on the interface units.
Ensure interface I/O circuits remaindisconnected at this stage.
– Power up mains powered devices– Upon successful allocation of addresses to loop
devices check the loop map. Check the devicesare installed in their correct location. Repeat theallocation process on the other loop circuits.
Retrieve the system data to Commissioning computerConnect the commissioning computer andretrieve the system data, see Commissioning tools manual.
BackupUpon successful allocation of loop circuits back upthe system data to the NVM.
Regularly back up the configuration duringcommissioning of the system.
Configure the systemConfigure the system to site specific requirement using theCommissioning tool and transmit the configuration backto the control panel, see Commissioning tool manual.
Adjust Beam sensorsAlign beam transmitter and receiver heads if installed.
Installed system testPut the panel in test mode and then carry out tests inaccordance with the recommendations of BS5839:Part 1and also in accordance with project requirements:– Fire sensors– Interface units
· Prior to functional test ensure the I/O circuits remainisolated. After functional test reconnected the I/Ocircuits and where appropriate test the I/O circuitsto project recommendations.
S- cubed - The output volume of an S-cubed can beadjusted using the [Set up] [Setup] [Device] [S-Cubed][Volume] command at the panel.Repeat and Mimic panels· Check events are displayed and indicatedAuxiliary equipment - Prior to the functional test ensurethe auxiliary equipment is isolated from the system
–
–
–
– Connect Master alarm and Monitored input circuitsand move the end-of-line resistor to the end of the circuit.
– Sounders - Conduct sound level tests to ensure thelevels do not fall below the requirements.
– Strobe - Check the appropriate S-Quad and S-Cubeddevices provide the visual alarm.
– Messages - Check the correct messages are announcedfrom the Speakers, S-Cubed and S-Quad deviceswhere installed.
– Remove the Test mode and ensure any disablements arere-enabled, such as the disablements of internal buzzer.
Devices local set upEnsure all devices on the loop circuits are set up:– Calibrate speaker circuits– Adjust volume of audio at each micro DAU– Adjust volume of S-Cubed
Loop wiring testsCarry out tests on each loop wiring and [Repair]the loop after each wiring test.
Customer passwordSet up a customer PIN / password and informresponsible person of its existence and use.
Things to do when commissioning the system.
Always power down the panel or devicewhenconnecting wires and fitting components.
working on the system, for example when
Background music and PA microphoneConnect and test Background music systemConnect and test PA microphone
––– Test the emergency microphone
Backup of configuration–– Finally if changes have been made to the
local system then retrieve the system to thecommissioning tool for future reference
Back up the local system configuration
.
Procedures forVigilon Compact VA only
Product Approval and StandardsFire detection and alarm control panel
The following fire detection and alarm control panels are LPCB approved.
Product number Description Approval
VIGn EN Vigilon 4 loop panels EN 54 Parts 2 & 4.
n can be 1, 2, 3 or 4
The COMPACT_N, VIG1-24 and VIG1-72 panels described in this manual are pending approval.
S-Quad Sensors
The following S-Quad sensors when operating in the states shown in table below are LPCB approved to the respective standard.
Product number Description Standard
S4-720 Heat sensor EN54 : Part 5 :2002* (heat)
S4-780 Heat Sensor Sounder EN54 : Part 5 :2002* (heat)EN54 : Part 3 2001 - (sounder tone~)
S4-711 Dual Optical Heat Sensor EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)EN54 : Part 5 :2000* (heat)CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-711-ST Dual Optical Heat Sensor Strobe EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)(Strobe - no approval) EN54 : Part 5 :2000* (heat)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-911 Dual Optical, Heat & CO Sensor EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)(CO - no approval) EN54 : Part 5 :2000* (heat)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-711-ST-VO Dual Optical Heat Sensor Speech strobe EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)(Speech and Strobe - no approval) EN54 : Part 5 :2002* (heat)
EN54 : Part 3 2001 - (sounder tone~)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-771 Dual Optical Heat Sensor Sounder EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)
EN54 : Part 5 :2002* (heat)EN54 : Part 3 2001 - (sounder tone~)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
S4-911-ST-VO Dual Optical Heat CO Sensor Speech & Strobe EN54 : Part 7 :2000* (optical smoke)(Speech, Strobe & CO - no approval) EN54 : Part 5 :2002* (heat)
EN54 : Part 3 2001 - (sounder tone~)
CEA 4021 : 2003-07 Class P heat multisensor detector
* - these devices are LPCB approved when operating in the LPCB approved STATE, see table below.
� If an S-Quad sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB state, then this will contravene the LPCB approval.The required state is configured during commissioning and can be configured at the control panel.
Device LPCB approvedsensor STATE *
Meets
Dual optical & Heat sensor(S4-711 & S4-711-ST)
State 0 Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
State 5 Medium optical smoke / Class B heat
State 8 Delayed medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
Dual optical, Heat & CO sensor(S4-911)
State 0 Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
State 9 Class A1 heat
Heat sensor (S4-720) State 0 Class A1 heat
State 5 Class B heat
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 9
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
Device LPCB approvedsensor STATE *
Meets
Heat Sounder (S4-780) State 0 Class A1 heat
State 5 Class B heat
Dual Optical HeatSensor Speech strobe
(S4-711-ST-VO & S4-771)
State 0 Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
State 5 Medium optical smoke / Class B heat
State 8 Delayed medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
Dual Optical Heat CO SensorSpeech & Strobe(S4-911-ST-VO)
State 0 Medium optical smoke / Class A1 heat
State 9 Class A1 heat
All S4 range of sensor sounder devices meet CEA GEI 1 - 084 Requirements and test methods for input/output devices for use onthe transmission paths of fire detection and alarm system.
~ Meets following tone settings High tone ( Continuous 933Hz) & Alternate (High 933Hz for 0.25s / low 700Hz for 0.25s)
On initial power-up the system selects state 0 for all devices.
34xxx Sensors
The following 34xxx sensors when operating in the state shown below are LPCB approved to the respective standard.
Product number Description Approval
Compact "O" Optical sensor EN 54 : Part 7 #
34710 Optical heat sensor EN 54 : Part 5 and Part 7 #
34720 Heat sensor EN 54 : Part 5 #
34770 Optical heat sounder sensor EN 54 : Part 5, part 7 and LPCB requirements #
34800-EN Manual Call Point EN54 Part 11
34842-EN Manual Call Point EN54 Part 11
� If a 34xxx sensor is configured to operate a non LPCB approved state, then this will contravene the LPCB approval.
* - these devices are LPCB approved when operating in the LPCB approved STATE, see table below.
� All the LPCB states applicable to fire sensors are shown below. The required state is configured duringcommissioning and can be configured at the control panel.
Device LPCB approved sensor
STATE #
Meets
Optical heat sensor(34770 and 34710)
State 0 Medium smoke sensitivity with Grade 2 heat
State 8 Smoke sensing with delay + Grade 2 heat
State 12 Grade 1 heat only
State 13 Grade 2 heat only
Heat sensor (34720)State 0 Default sensitivity
State 1 Grade 1
Heat sounder(34780)
State 0 Grade 2 heat
State 12 Grade 1 heat
On initial power-up the system selects state 0 for all devices.
Sounder Strobe
The following S-cubed Mark 1 range of products are LPCB approved to EN 54 : Part 3
S3-SN-R, S3-SN-W, S3IP-SN-W, S2IP-SN-R, S2IP-SN-W, S2IP-SN-R3, S2IP-SN-W3, S3-SN-ST-RR, S3-SN-ST-WR,S3IP-SN-ST-RR, S3IP-SN-ST-WR, S3IP-SN-ST-RW and S3IP-SN-ST-WA.
Interface Units
The following products are approved to prEN 54 Part 18 : 2005
34410 Zone module (loop powered)
34450 4 Channel Input / Output Interface unit (loop powered)
34415 Single channel Interface unit
Generic Commissioning instructions
10 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Pro
du
ct
Ap
pro
valan
dS
tan
dard
s
Panel Controls and indicationsVigilon Compact Panel
Vigilon Compact VA panel
Vigilon 4-loop panels (BS panel shown)
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 11
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Pan
elC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
s
Access level 2Controls
Indications
Operating instructionsand Log Book
MessageDisplay
Access level 1Controlsto scroll events
Key lockto openthe outer door
Outer door
Inner door
Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm SystemGENT 2003
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
Panel healthy 15:45
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
Disablement
Power Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Verify
Sounder
CB253
CB254
All Zones Clear Zones
Voice Alarm Zones
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages Emergency messages
1 42 3 5
6 97 8 10
1
2
3
1
2
3
Previous Next
ALERT
BOMB
EVACUATE
MIC
TEST START
STAND DOWN
TEST END
Access level 2Controls
Indications
Pocket forOperating instructions
and Log Book
Message display
Access level 1Controls to scroll events
Key lock to openthe outer door
Inner door
EmergencyMicrophone
Outer door
Indicators
Pocket forOperating instructions
and Log Book
Message display
Access level 1Controls to scroll events
Key lock to openthe outer door
Inner door
Printer
Outer door
Access level 2Controls
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2005
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Commission
Fire
Power
Power Fault
CB254
WarningPrevious Next
Delay
Verify
CB253
Controls and indications
Generic Commissioning instructions
12 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Panelbuzzer
Previous Next
ABC DEF
GHI JKL MNO
Cancel BuzzerMenu On/Off
Verify
1 2 3
4 5 6PQRS TUV WXYZ
7 8 9
0
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Enter
THRU BKSP
0INS DEL
F1 F2 F3 F4
U1
U2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
Fault
System Fault
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0" # $ % ^ & * ( +
:
,
-
;
.
)
Q W E R T Y U I O P
U1
U2
U3
U4
Fire
A S D F G H J K L
Z X C V B N M
Sound Alarms Silence Alarms Reset
Cancel BuzzerMenu On/Off
F4F3F1 F2
!Insert
Delete
SpaceShift
Enter
;
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Delay
Verify
Verify
Vigilon Compact panel orVigilon Compact Voice Alarm panel
EN Vigilon 4-loop panel orBS Vigilon 4-loop panel
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel:Commission
Warning
BS Vigilon 4-loop panel:NOT USED
CB253
Not fitted onBS Vigilon 4-loop
panel
Indicators and controls Description
Display The 'display' provides messages of the system status and events. Most panel display have8 lines by 40 characters per line display.
(red)Hidden-until-lit fire zone indicators. When "Zones" text and number(s) are illuminated itindicates that a FIRE has been detected in the specified zone(s).
(green)When illuminated it indicates that a supply to the panel is present.
(red)When illuminated it indicates that a FIRE has been detected in the protected premises.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that the Verify button has been pressed and the alarmsounders in the system are delayed from sounding.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that a FAULT has been detected in the fire detection andalarm system or in the audio system.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates that a fault has occurred with the system processor. It is
important to investigate this fault because the fire alarm system may not be able to
detect fires.
(amber)Applicable for EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates that a part of the system has been disabled.
(amber)Applicable for BS Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates that a part of the system has been disabled, delayed or notfunctioning.
CB253 or CB254
(amber)
When illuminated it indicates command builds 253 or 254 has been activated.
(amber)When illuminated it indicates the battery or mains supply to the panel has failed.
(amber)EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated (always with either the FAULT light or the DISABLEMENT light) itindicates that there is a sounder fault (flashing indication) or sounder disablement (steadyindication).
(amber)EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates that one or more delay blocks are setup on the panel.
(amber)EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates one or more zones are in Test mode.
(amber)EN Vigilon panels only
When illuminated it indicates panel is in commissioning mode.
Pressing Menu On/Off enables/disables the on screen menu facility which gives access tothe system menus.
The 'Fn' buttons are used to select functions and sub-functions of the system menus whichappear on the display. Each option in the menus, corresponds to one of the functionbuttons and pressing a button will select the option which appears above it on the display.
The Cancel Buzzer button when pressed will stop the internal panel buzzer fromsounding.
Note the local buzzer is automatically silenced when the emergency microphone is beingused to announce live speech, on Vigilon Compact VA panel.
Pressing the Sound Alarms button will announce evacuate message and sound evacuatealarms. This button is only pressed in an emergency or at other agreed times, for examplewhen conducting a system test or practice evacuation.
Pressing the Silence Alarms button will stop emergency message announcements andsilence the system alarms.
Pressing the Reset button will clear any fires and return the panel to its normal state. If afire condition occurs immediately after reset then the indicated device should beinvestigated.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 13
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
Zones 1
Power
Fire
Verify
Fault
System Fault
Disablement
Warning
Power Fault
Sounder
Delay
Test
Menu On/Off
F1 F4to
Next
Cancel Buzzer
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Commission
Indicators and controls Description
If the Verify facility has been set up, then pressing the Verify button in the event of a firecondition, increases the time delay before the sounders are activated. This gives the usertime to investigate the cause of the alarm and option of cancelling the alarm within thedelay time period.
Applicable for Vigilon Compact (& VA) panels only:
These buttons can be configured during commissioning to action user defined functions,such as disablement of devices in areas where smoke may be generated or where plantshutdown is required.
The function of these buttons should be written on the label that is fitted on the back ofthe outer door.
The Vigilon 4-loop panels have four configurable buttons.
These four buttons are used to scroll the displayed text.
These buttons allow data to be entered manually at the control panel.
When entering a label each press of a key will scroll the character string, for
example:
key 2 will scroll A B C 2 a b c.
key 1 will scroll 1 ? , . ; & * /
The bottom row of text keys explained:
The button is used to enter a SPACE between characters
The INS key allows text to be moved one position to the right
The DEL key allows a character to be deleted
The BKSP button will delete previous character.
When entering a data range, such as a range of devices
The key THRU ( - ) is used to enter a range, for example 1 - 5.
This is pressed to acknowledge an entry of data such as a label.
Generic Commissioning instructions
14 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
U1
U2
ABC DEF
GHI JKL MNO
1 2 3
4 5 6PQRS TUV WXYZ
7 8 9
0THRU BKSP
0INS DEL
Enter
Verify
Applicable for Vigilon Compact VA panel only
(green)
Pressing one or more of the 10 buttons selects the Voice Alarm Zone to which emergencyor auxiliary messages, or emergency microphone is to be announced. The two LEDsbeneath flash alternately to show the Voice Alarm Zone has been selected.
On selecting the required emergency or auxiliary message only one of these LEDschange to steady or flashing indication determined by the type of audio to be outputted tothe selected Voice Alarm Zones. The left LED indicates auxiliary message selectionwhile the right LED indicates emergency message selection.
(green)
Pressing the All Zones button allows quick selection of all Voice Alarm Zones. Theaccompanying LED gives a steady indication when the button is pressed.
Pressing Clear Zones button will clear selected Voice Alarm Zones, also when auxiliarymessages are being announced pressing this button will silence the announcements.
(red)
(red)
When illuminated the system is ready to allow live speech announcement to selectedVoice Alarm Zones via the Emergency microphone.
The indicators are lit following selection of Voice Alarm Zones and on pressing the Pressto Talk (PTT) button on the Emergency microphone.
If the Press to Talk button is released the Speak Now indicators will flash and switch offafter 20seconds duration or immediately switch off on pressing the Clear Zone button.
(red)
When illuminated the system is announcing auxiliary message n to the selected VoiceAlarm Zones.
The indicator is lit following selection of Voice Alarm Zones and on pressing therequired Auxiliary message button.
(red)
When illuminated the system is announcing emergency message n to the selected VoiceAlarm Zones.
The indicator is steady or flashing determined by type of emergency message beingannounced to Voice Alarm Zones.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 15
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
s
All Zones Clear Zones
Voice Alarm Zones
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages Emergency messages
1 42 3 5
6 97 8 10
1
2
3
ALERT
BOMB
EVACUATE
TEST START
STAND DOWN
TEST END
1
2
3
n
All Zones
Clear Zones
Speak Now
Speak Now
Auxiliary messages
n
Emergency messages
n
Co
ntr
ols
an
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
sC
on
tro
lsan
din
dic
ati
on
s
new Vigilon 4/6 loop PanelsThe following procedures assume the respective 1st fix assembly for the new Vigilon 4 loop (VIG1-24) / 6 loop (VIG1-72) panel isalready installed. The first fix backbox assembly may be surface or flush mounted.
� The second fix parts must now be installed before powering up the control panel.
Second fix parts supplied
� Check the second fix parts supplied:
Parts
new EN Vigilon 4 loop Controlpanel (VIG1-24)
EN Vigilon 6 loop Control panel(VIG1-72)
Inner door assembly 1 1
Battery Pack (2 x 12V 21Ah) 1 2
Battery box 1
Outer door assembly 1 1
Master Control Card(post Aug 2006)
1 1
Loop card 1 (Option of up to 4 maximum) 1 (option of up to 6 maximum)
Spares pack
see installation manual forpack content
1pack 1pack
Generic Commissioning instructions
16 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Earth toinner door
Hingepoints forinner andouter doors
PSU
Hingepoints forinner andouter doors
Cardboard coverover PSU
Cables of external circuitsMains cable
Printer 0V
Transparentcover overbackplane
Card guides
Remove the protective covers
PSU Cardboard coverRemove the cardboard protection cover fitted over the PSU. The cover is held in by a retaining clip.
Backplane transparent coverRemove the transparent protection cover fitted over the backplane.
Fitting the inner door
Locate the hinge pints on the inner door assembly into the two hinge pin holes� on the backbox outer face.
Fit the earth lead from the backbox to the inner door spade connector�.
Fit together the two blue connectors of the printer 0V leads�, the leads are located at the inner door and backbox intersection.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 17
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Earth toinner door
Cables of external circuits
Printer 0V
Transparentcover overbackplane
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VH VOLTAGES
Transit position ofprinter paper rolland holder pin heldtogether with an elasticband
Hinge point
Paper rollholder bracket
Connector forprinter 0V
Earth spadefor connection frombackbox
Inner door
Preformed ribboncables held togetherunder masking tapeto be fitted duringcommissioning
Card guide
Danger
Masking tape
BACKBOX (Part view)
Backbox
Innerdoor
locatingthe hinge pin
Printer paper roll
� The printer paper roll is secured with an elasticband to the card guide on the inner door.
Remove the paper roll from the card guide and install paper.Ensure the paper roll enters the printer mechanism as shown .
�On the outside of the inner door there is a paperfeed knob, DO NOT turn the knob in an upwardsdirection as this may damage the integral printer.
Upon completion of all commissioning work a new paper rollshould be fitted.
Setting the DKC card
The link, switch and pot on the DKC are factory configured asshown in below. The switch can be reconfigured for requiredbaud rate and domain address.
Baud Rate Domain address
1 2 Baud 3 4 5 6 7 8 Addr.
Off Off 1200 Off Off Off Off Off Off 64
Off On 2400 Off Off Off Off Off On 1
On Off 9600 Off Off Off Off On Off 2
On On 19200 etc
On On On On On Off 62
On On On On On On 63
Factory set domain address - 1 with 19200baud (SHADED)
Card installation
� When installing the cards into a backplanealways use anti-static work procedures. DO NOT useanti-static procedures on live equipment.
� An IO Card is not required for connection toDKC and Commissioning tool. The DKC now connectsdirectly to the new MCC card and the Commissioning toolis connected via the USB on MCB.
The two ribbon cables held together under a masking tape on theDKC assembly must be routed into the backbox and connectedto the Master Controller Card.
� Ensure the ribbon cable is secured under aclamp on the backplane and then plug the mastercontroller card before the card is fitted to the backplane.
� Always ensure the panel is completelypowered down before removal or fitting of cards intothe backplane. Power down the battery supplybefore the mains supply. The power up should bedone in a reverse order.
� Ensure all the cards are installed in the correct locationin the backplane and are firmly seated in theirrespective slots.
Generic Commissioning instructions
18 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
Fold paper end thus
before attempting to
feed it through printer
Printer
mechanism
Door Paper
roll
Paper
feed knob
DKC ASSEMBLY
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VH VOLTAGES
Inner door assembly
Danger
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ON
SW1
P6
Leave this link connectedThe link is used to bypassa keyswitch not usedon this product
OFF
P2Control buttons:Sound alarms buttonSilence alarms buttonReset buttonVerify button
Factory set link position:Control buttons active
Control buttons are active
Control buttons are inactive
or
Master Controller Card (MCC)to be fitted to socketP1 CARD 0 on backplane
Secure the two ribboncables (at the fold) under the clamplocated on the backplane40 way ribbon
20 way ribbon
Card guides
Backplane
Main Controller Card or
Local Controller Card (SUPPLIED)
Network or IO Card (Optional)
Loop Processor Card (SUPPLIED)
or RS232
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
# for VIG1-72 only
P1 CARD 0
P2 CARD15
P3 CARD 1
P4 CARD 2
P5 CARD 3
P6 CARD 4
P7 CARD 5
P8 CARD 6
Backplane
Use the USB port onthe MCC to connect tothe Commissioning tool.
Terminals
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 19
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
LOOP 4L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 3L1 0V L2 0V
P2
LOOP 2L1 0V L2 0V
LOOP 1L1 0V L2 0V
P3
RS485-ve 5V +ve 0V
RS232Tx CTS Rx RTS
P4
Master alarmM1+ M1- M2+ M2-
P5
Clean CNC C NO
P6
Auxiliary Relay 1NC C NO NC C NO
P7
Auxiliary Relay 2NC C NO NC C NO
P8
Battery connectionsB1+ B1- B2+ B2- TH+ TH-
P9
P10
Terminals for card inslot P7 of Backplane1 2 3 4 5 6
P11
N E L
3.15A Antisurge20mm x 5mmfuse
Terminals for card inslot P8 of Backplane1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Backplane
Terminal card
Before power-up
� With the exception of the mains cable ensure thefollowing external cables are left disconnected at thisstage of commissioning:
• all loop circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarm circuits, only the end-of-line resistor(22K Ohm) should be fitted to the terminals toinhibit a master alarm circuit fault indication.
• RS232/RS485
� A networked system is commissioned after allthe individual standalone systems are fullycommissioned.
� Ensure all cards are securely fitted into theirappropriate slots on the backplane.
� Ensure all ribbon cables are securely fitted into theirrespective sockets.
Battery information
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid typebatteries which can have a useful life of up to5 years from the date of manufacture. It is stronglyrecommended that batteries are replaced after 4 years ofuse. Batteries must be disposed of as perrecommendation made by battery manufacturer.
� Always use the recommendedreplacement battery. As there is a risk of anexplosion if incorrect batteries are used.
Mains supply
� Fire alarm system products are NOTdesigned to be powered from IT Power systems.
� All mains powered equipment must beearthed.
Ensure the mains supply cable enters the equipment via adedicated cable entry point, which is located adjacent to themains terminal block and is also segregated from any loop wiring.
� Mains supply to any fire alarm control and indicatingequipment must be via an unswitched 5A fused spurunit. A disconnect device must be provided todisconnect both poles and must have a minimum gapof 3mm. The Disconnect device should be available aspart of the building installation and must be easilyaccessible after installation is complete.
� The fused spur isolator cover should be marked:
FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCH OFF
� Hazardous voltage remains afteroperation of a protection fuse. Take appropriateaction to guard against the risk of equipment havingexposed live mains supply.
Generic Commissioning instructions
20 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
P2L N
PSU PCB
The mains cable must be strippedback to the length shown to allowlive and neutral wires to be woundthrough the ferrite core.
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitchedfused spur unit
mains cable
Panel
must be sleeved
Use cable ties(supplied)
ferritecore
(supplied)
45
mm
35
mm
Gland
27
0m
m
50
mm
5mm
mainscable
Battery installation
VIG1-24 panel battery installation
VIG1-72 panel battery installation
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 21
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
TH-TH+
BT2-BT2+BT1+
P4 P3
P2P1
P6
TH1
BT1-
TH-TH+
BT2-BT2+BT1+
P4 P3
P2P1
P6
TH1
BT1-
In-line fuse rated 10A QB ceramic 20mm x 5mm
8 - 12V 21Ah batteries
Battery Box
A
B
Lowershelf
A
B
Uppershelf
4 - 12V 21Ah batteries
Battery Box
Uppershelf
B
A
Lowershelf
The panel will only power up after the mains supplyis switched .on
Route the battery red/black lead through hole in shelfand connect to the respective connectors on PCB,located on the top right side of the enclosure.
Add two more batteries 'B' to the lower shelf and repeatprocedures to .� �
Where required, add four batteries to the upper shelf,follow procedures to . The only exceptionis that the red/black lead is directly connected to therespective upper connectors on the PCB.
� �
Red
White.
Black
It is recommended that the mains supply is switchedduring battery installation.off
Fit the bolt, spade connector, washer and springwasher to each battery terminal as shown above.
Place the two batteries in the lower shelf and lay themhorizontally with terminals facing outwards.
Fit the white link lead and then fit the red/blackfused lead to the battery terminals.
White.
Red Black
Raise the two batteries to an upright positionand push them back into the enclosure.
Ensure the batteries are held in place while theyare being wired. Ensure the battery terminalsdo not come into contact with the metal enclosure.
BlackRed
P20
BT
+B
T-
It is recommended that the mains supply is switchedduring battery installation.off
Fit the bolt, spade connector, washer, spring washer toeach battery terminal.
Insert hand battery into the back box.right
Fit the link lead (white) to outer + and - spade connectorson the two batteries.
Fit the battery lead assembly to inner + and- spade connectors of the two batteries observing polarity.
(red & black)
Insert hand battery into the back box.left
Plug the battery connector into connector P20 located onthe bottom left of power supply PCB.
The panel will only power up after the mains supplyis switched on.
Red Black
White
Black Red
PSU LED indications
Write protect link on backplane
The backplane assembly is fitted inside the left side of the backbox. The backplane has the card slots to facilitate interconnection ofplug in cards, such as the master controller card, loop processor cards, IO cards and network cards. It also has the flash memory(NVM) which is under the control of MCC and is a shared memory to which the system configuration data is saved.
The link header on the backplane LK1 provides write protection and will stop theSAVE and BACKUP commands from the panel controls modifying the memory.
Once the system is fully commissioned the link LK1 should be configured to 'writeprotected', this is important on sites where customers require compliance to theEN54 Part 2 standard.
The NVM should always hold the complete system back up.
EN panel factory settings
P0 - RS232, Baud: 1200, Mode: Repeat
(Terminal card - terminals P4)
P1 - RS485, Baud: 9600, Mode: Standard(Terminal card - terminals P4)
Domain address - 0
Panel (Node) address - 1
NVM - software write allowed (NVM protect -disabled)hardware write allowed (NVM protect -disabled)
Generic Commissioning instructions
22 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
LD
1L
D2
LD
3L
D4
LD
5P
7P
11
Indicatescommunicatingwith MCC
Ribbon cableto Terminal Card
connector P10
Ribbon cable toBackplane
connector P12
Spade connectorfor 0V lead to printer
P5
LD1LD2 LD3 LD4 LD5
Indicates Thermistor is O/C orS/C or 43V boost test has failed.
RAM write/readtest failed
ROM checksum error
EEPROM checksum error
EEPROM stuck inbusy mode
EEPROM reinitialised
EEPROM read doesnot match RAM copy
The above LEDs flash 1s on and 1s off.When LED is ON it indicates an error.For more than one error the LEDswill flash in sequence.
PSU
ERROR
Steady indicationFlashing indication
LD1
LD2
LD3
LD4
LD5
Backplane
Protected- write protected(factory setting)
LK1
Unprotected- not write protected
System configurationAll devices are assigned to sector 1
All devices are assigned to zone 1
How to configure the 'U' buttons and
CB254 LED
U1 to U4 buttonsThe U1, U2, U3 and U4 buttons are active at access level 2, thatis the buttons are accessible by opening the panel door.
On operating a 'U' button the panel will trigger command build.
� U1 button will trigger command build number 251
� U2 button will trigger command build number 252
� U3 button will trigger command build number 253
� U4 button will trigger command build number 254
During commissioning the required command build action mustbe configured.
Example 1
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such thatpressing it will start the master alarm sounders and pressingSilence alarm button will stop the sounders.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 251, select [Action] -> [Start MA] ->[Enter] -> [Non Reversbl] -> [Enter]. The U1 button is nowconfigured to start the master alarm sounders.
Example 2
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such that itoperates an output of an interface unit and releasing the U1button it returns the output to normal condition.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 251, select [Action] -> [Usercode] andmomentarily press <etc> to select -> [Digital] and type in theinterface output channel number, select [On] and type in theinterface device number, select [Loop] and type in the loopnumber -> [Enter], now select [Reversbl] and then [Enter]. TheU1 button is now configured to switch on the digital output on aninterface unit and on releasing it will switch off the output.
CB253 & CB254 LEDsThe switching of the LED CB253 or CB254 result from a triggerof command build 253 or 254. The switching action must beconfigured during commissioning.
This example shows how to configure the panel such that byactivating an interface input (can be a push button switch), it willcause the panel LED - CB254 and Master alarms to switch On. Ifthe interface input is released, then the panel LED-CB254 andMaster alarms will switch Off.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Firstly set up command build 254 to be triggered by an interface:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] , momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in the commandbuild number 254, select [Trigger] and [IO line], type in theinterface input channel number, select [Device], type in theinterface device number, select [Loop], type in the loop numberand then select [Enter]. The command build 254 is nowconfigured to be triggered by the interface input.
Now to create a command build label:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in the commandbuild number 254, select [Label] and type in a label of up to 40character in length, select [Display] to display the label on thepanel when the command build 254 is triggered.
Now to set up the action of command build 254:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] and [Build], type in the commandbuild number 254, select [Action] and [Start MA], [Enter],[Reversbl] and [Enter].
How to fit the outer door
To close the outer door you will first need to close the inner doorand secure it to the backbox using the two fasteners located onthe right edge of the inner door.
Fit the Outer door to the enclosure by hooking it onto the sidehinge pins. The outer door may be secured to the backbox usingthe key lock.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 23
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
new
Vig
ilo
n4/6
loo
pP
an
els
0+
:
,
-
;
.
)
P
U1
U2
U3
U4
Fire
Insert
Delete
Space
Enter
;
Part of the Keyboard
Fire
Power
CB253
Sounder
Indicators
Verify
CB254
Not on BSpanels
Vigilon Compact PanelThe following procedures assume the fire alarm control panel is installed, with cables terminated at the backbox with the inner andouter doors fitted.
These procedure assume the protective cover fitted over the Master control board inside in the backbox has been removed.
� Connect flying earth lead� from the back box to the inner door.
� If not already done remove the protective cover� fitted over the Master control board inside in the backbox.
� Connect the ribbon cable� from the Display KEYBOARD to socket on the Master Control Board (MCB). Securethe ribbon cable to the side of the enclosure using the cable clamp provided.
Generic Commissioning instructions
24 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
ESD EarthBonding point
Inner door
Cardboard cover protectingthe Master Control Boardand Loop Card
Plastic coverprotecting PSU
REMOVAL OF COVEREXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING
Earth lead fromback box - inner door
Cover to protect PCBdisplay and keyboard
Warningremovalof coverexposeslive parts
Batterybracket
Back box
Ribbon cableand clamp
MAINSSUPPLYLOOP 1
END 1
LOOP 1END 2
Masteralarms 1
Masteralarms 2
NET 1END 2
NET 1END 1
Installing the cards
Setting the Rotary switch SW2Before installing the Loop and Network cards onto the MCB
ensure the rotary switch� SW2 is set to a required setting, seetable on the next page.
NVM hardware link P13The NVM can be enabled or disabled by setting a hardware link
� on the MCB. If the NVM protect is hardware disabled then itis also possible to software enable or disable the NVM using a[Protect] menu option under the [Setup] menu at the panel.
Unprotect: Normally during commissioning the NVM is disabled(unprotected) and writing to NVM is allowed.
Protect: Once the configuration is backed up to the NVM, thehardware link must be enable to disallow writing to the NVM.
Installing the Cards
The MCB can accommodate two Loop Cards. One Loop card�can be fitted into slot labelled CARD1 and the other Loop card
� into slot labelled CARD2.
� For a networkable system a Network Card�can ONLY be fitted into the slot CARD 2. Additionally theNetwork Card can accommodate the second Loop card.
Earth Link
An earth link� is supplied with the Network Card. The linkmust be fitted to the spade connector on the top edge of MCBwith the other end to the spade connector on the Network Card.
Battery
The lithium battery� is disconnected on leaving the factory bymeans of an insulation disk over the top connector. Theinsulation disk must be removed before powering up the system.
Terminals
Terminal blocks� on the top edge of the MCB are used for
wiring external circuits. The terminal block on the top edge ofthe PSU is used for wiring the mains supply to the panel. The
connector located on the bottom edge of the PSU board isused to connect the battery supply.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 25
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
KEYBOARD INDICATORS AND DISPLAY
L2-0V L2+ L1-0V
PB1A PB1B
P2
PP2
Network Card
Loop Card 2
P13
P13SW1RESET
SW2MODE
NVM Protect - [Disabled]
NVM Protect - [Enabled]
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
new Master ControlBoard (MCB)
Power Supply Unit(PSU)
P2
P1
N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
P3
DANGER
FS61A TE5
43V FS4 - 1A TE524V
P7BAT1
FS1 - 3.15A TE5Bat 1Removeinsulation disk
LN
WarningRemoval of
cover exposeslive parts
DANGER
SW2MODE
Loop Card 1
L1+
Installing a new MCB in an older VigilonCompact panelThese instructions cover how to fit a new Master Control Board(VCS-MCB-N) into a COMPACT-24 (non networkable) orCOMPACT-24-N (networkable) Vigilon Compact panel.
� When a network card is to be installedensure a spade tab is fitted under the PCB fixingscrew�. Also ensure the bottom PCB fixing screw� is tightened to give good connection.
How to replace a MCBThere are in existence four variants of Vigilon Compact panels inthe field. Here are the steps to replace an old or new type MCBfitted in a panel.
Save Configuration to Commissioning tool
� If the panel is functioning correctly, before poweringdown, ensure the system configuration is retrieved tothe laptop via commissioning tool.
Power down
� Completely power down the panel by isolating themains and battery supply and then remove the ribboncable connectors from the MCB.
Remove the cards
� Remove the Loop card(s) from the MCB and Networkcard#. Remove Network card# from MCB and thenremove the MCB from the panel. (# - where applicable)
Firmware number and rotary switch setting
� Make a note of the firmware number on the chip insocket IC3 of the MCB being replaced. Using the tabledetermine the applicable switch setting required and setthe rotary switch on the new replacement MCB.
Firmware insocket IC3 ofMCB beingreplaced
Applicable setting of switchSW2 on new replacement MCB
2211-148 0
2211-146 1
2211-136 2
2211-127 3
Configuration
� Using a chip extractor, extract the Back up'Configuration' chip fitted in IC16 (NVM) of theMCB removed from the panel and then fit the chip intothe new replacement MCB.
� Where the Configuration chip is corrupt oris incompatible then do not fit the chip into the newreplacement MCB. Instead transmit savedconfiguration from the commissioning tool to thenew MCB. The transmission must take place afterpanel power up. Back up the configuration toCard 14.
Re-fit the cards
� Fit the new MCB into the panel and reconnect theribbon cables, and then fit the previously removedNetwork card and Loop cards.
� An earth lead must be fitted between the spade tabs�on MCB and Network card.
Power up
Power up the mains and battery supplies to the panel.
Generic Commissioning instructions
26 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
NEW Master Control Board (new replacement MCB)- networkable
SW2MODE
OLD Master Control Board (old MCB)- non networkable
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
CODE BCKUP
P7P6
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
Insulation Disk
Wiring of external circuits
� With the exception of the mains cable, ensure thefollowing external circuit cables are left disconnectedat this stage of commissioning:
• loop circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarms (the end-of-line resistor (10K Ohm)should be fitted to inhibit a master alarm circuitfault indication).
• Monitored input (the end-of-line resistor (10KOhm) should be fitted to inhibit a monitored inputfault indication).
� Ensure the mains cable is securelyconnected to the mains terminal block on the Powersupply unit (PSU).
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 27
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
PB15REPEATINDICATORRS-485
24V B A0V
Master Control Board
PB8MASTER ALARMS
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-
PB9MONITORED INPUTand CLEAN CONTACTS
0V MIPNC C NO
PB10AUXILIARY RELAY 1
PB7LOOP 1
L1 0V L2 0V
PB14LOOP 2
L1 0V L2 0V
NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11AUXILIARY RELAY 2
PB6RS-232
TX1RX1 0V TX2 RX2
BATT3
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
SW2MODE
Battery connection
� Remove the lithium battery insulation sleeve or disk toallow it to come in direct contact with retainingconnector.
Switching the essential controls
� There is no indication given at the panel whenthe links are set for inactive controls.
Factory settings
PortsP0 - RS485, Baud: 1200 Mode: Repeat
P1 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
P2 - RS232, Baud: 38400, Mode: Standard
P3 - USB
System configurationDomain address - 0
Panel (Node) address - 1
All devices assigned to sector 1
All devices assigned to zone 1
Power up
Battery supply
� Fit the battery lead to the PSU.Remove the battery bracket from the backbox.Fit the batteries in the correct orientation.Refit the battery bracket.
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid typebatteries which can have a useful life of up to 5 yearsfrom the date of manufacture. It is strongly recommendedthat batteries are replaced after 4 years of use. Batteriesmust be disposed of as per recommendation made bybattery manufacturer.
� Always use the recommendedreplacement battery. As there is a risk of anexplosion if incorrect batteries are used.
� Switch On the mains supply to the panel and thenmake the connection to the battery.
Generic Commissioning instructions
28 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
Control buttons:Sound alarms buttonSilence alarms buttonReset buttonVerify button
Factory set link position:Control buttons active
Control buttons are active
Control buttons are inactive
Looking on the inside of the innerdoor
or
Black Red
2 - 12V 12Ah battery
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PANELPSU BOARD
- + - +
BATT1
Remove Sleeve
Mains supply
� Ensure that the mains supply cable entersthe panel through a dedicated cable entry point.
� These fire alarm system products are NOTdesigned to be powered from IT Power systems.
All mains powered equipment must be earthed. Mains supply toany fire alarm control and indicating equipment must be via adedicated unswitched 5A fused spur unit, which should be clearlylabelled FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCH OFF.
A disconnect device must be provided to disconnect both polesand must have a minimum gap of 3mm. The Disconnect deviceshould be available as part of the building installation and mustbe easily accessible after installation is complete.
� Hazardous voltage remains after operationof a protection fuse. Take appropriate action toguard against the risk of equipment having exposedlive mains supply.
PSU Indicators
Description Y1
(yellow)Y2
(yellow)
G1
(green)
Normal condition(no faults in thesystem)
fast flash
Mains out of limit slow flash
24VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
Battery 1 failure only slow flash fast flash
Battery 1 and24VDC failure
slow flash fast flash
43VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
No power to PSU
Earth fault only On On On
Note on initial power up all three LEDs on the PSU willswitch on for approximately 1 second duration.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 29
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
PANEL
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitched fusedspur unit
P2N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
DANGER
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PSU BOARD
Y1 Y2 G1
How to configure the monitored input
The monitored input at the fire panel is activated by an externalswitch installed maximum of 100m cable distance away from thefire panel. The input is monitored for both short and open circuitfaults. When the input is active it triggers command build number250 of the fire panel.
Example
The following example shows how to configure the monitoredinput at the panel to provide an output sound signal 1 alarms insector 2 of loop 1 as a reversible action. This means on operatingor "closing" the monitored input the panel will start alarms insector 1 and on releasing or "opening" the monitored input thepanel will stop the alarms.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] , momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 250, select [Action] -> [UserCode],momentarily press <etc> to select [Sector], type in 2 for sector 2and select [Loop] and type in 1 for Loop 1 -> [Action] -> [Signal1] -> [Enter] -> [reversb] -> [Enter].
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2
� The U1 and U2 buttons are active at accesslevel 2, that is access to the buttons is possible byopening the panel door.
On operating the U1 or U2 at the panel it will cause triggering ofcommand build number 251 (for button U1) or command buildnumber 252 (for button U2). During commissioning the requiredcommand build action must be configured.
Example
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such thatpressing it will start the master alarm sounders and pressingSilence alarm button will stop the sounders.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 251, select [Action] -> [Start MA] ->[Enter] -> [Non Reversbl] -> [Enter]. The U1 button is nowconfigured to start the master alarm sounders.
Example 2
This example shows how to configure the U1 button such that itoperates an output of an interface unit and releasing the U1button it returns the output to normal condition.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 251, select [Action] -> [Usercode] andmomentarily press <etc> to select -> [Digital] and type in theinterface output channel number, select [On] and type in theinterface device number, select [Loop] and type in the loopnumber -> [Enter], now select [Reversb] and then [Enter]. TheU1 button is now configured to switch on the digital output on aninterface unit and on releasing it will switch off the output.
How to configure LEDs CB253 and
CB254
The switching of the LEDs CB253 and CB254 result fromactioning on command builds 253 and 254 respectively. Theswitching action must be configured during commissioning.
This example shows how to configure the panel such that byactivating an interface input (can be a push button switch), it willcause the panel LED - CB253 and Master alarms to switch On. Ifthe interface input is released then the panel LED-CB253 andMaster alarms will switch Off.
The following procedures assume a password entry is notrequired.
Example:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp] , momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 253, select [Trigger] -> [IO line] andtype in the interface input channel number, select [Device] andtype in the interface device number, select [Loop] and type inthe loop number -> [Enter]. The command build 253 is nowconfigured to be triggered by the interface input.
Now to configure the command build label:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 253, select [Label] and enter a label ofup to 40 character in length, select either [Display] to display thelabel on the panel when the command build 253 is triggered.
Now to setup the action of command build 253:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [SetUp], momentarilypress <etc> to select [SetUp] -> [Build] and type in thecommand build number 253, select [Actionl -> [Start MA] ->[Enter] -> [Reversbl] and [Enter].
Generic Commissioning instructions
30 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
P8
0V MIP
PANEL
2 - 10K Ohms -resistors must befitted as shown.
MASTER CONTROLBOARD
Normally open contacts
An active input will triggerthe command build No 250
The command build actionis configuredduring commissioning
Monitored Input
These contacts can be a push buttonswitch, fire relay contacts from anotherpanel or contacts from a timer.
External printer
An external printer may be connected to the control panel duringcommissioning. There are two printers availableCOMPACT-HAND and COMPACT-DESK. It is essential theprinter is connected to the RS232 - Port 1.
The factory set baud rate for Port 1 is 9600 and need not bechanged when a printer is connected. However the factory setMode is Standard and must be changed to Printer when a printeris connected to Port 1.
How to configure Port 1 mode to printerTo configure Port 1 to Printer mode: Press Menu On/Off buttonand then select [Test/Eng]. Select [UserCode] and enter theEngineering password (PIN), this is only necessary if anEngineering password has been set up. Press <etc> and select[Config]. Momentarily press <etc> to select [Comms]. Select[Card] and enter 0 for master control card. Then enter 1 to selectPort 1. Select [Mode] and using the [Previous] and [Next]buttons scroll to Printer and select by the [Enter] option.
To switch ON the printerIf the printer is not working and is switched Off then you canswitch it On. To switch On the printer: Press Menu On/Off buttonand then select [Control]. Select [UserCode] and enter theEngineering password (PIN), this is only necessary if anEngineering password has been set up. Select [Printer] andthen select [On] and [Enter].
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 31
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Pan
el
PANEL
MASTER CONTROLBOARD
Terminal P6 - PORT 1of Master Control Board
(Card 0)
PORT 1 is configuredfor RS232 Communication.
The PORT 1 mode must be set toand the baud rate maybe adjusted if requiredduring commissioning
Printer
RS232
P6
0V TX A RX B
Printer
Download lead - 77821-01NM
GN
DG
ND
TxRx
Rx
Tx
Hand held version
shown (can be a
desktop printer)
9-way D-type
connector
Vigilon Compact VoiceAlarm PanelThe following procedures assume the Control panel is installed,with cables terminated at the backbox.
� Open the Outer door to the enclosure using the frontdoor key and then open the inner door using the Allenkey located on the inside of the Outer door.
� Remove the protective cover fitted over the printedcircuit boards located inside the backbox.
� Earth LeadEnsure the earth lead located in the top right of thebackbox is connected to the spade connector on theinner door.
� DKC ribbon cableConnect the 40-way ribbon cable from the DKC to thesocket marked KEYBOARD on the left edge of theMaster Control Board (MCB). Secure the ribbon cableto the side of the enclosure using the cable clampprovided.
� ACC DKC ribbon cableRoute the 14-way ribbon cable from the backbox on tothe inner door and connect it to the left unoccupiedsocket on the ACC DKC. Secure the ribbon cable tothe inner door using the cable clamp provided.
� Emergency microphone cableConnect the Emergency microphone cable to thesocket P11 labelled microphone on the bottom edge ofthe ACC board. Secure the microphone lead to the Pclip on the backbox.
Generic Commissioning instructions
32 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
Connect microphone cableto the socket P11 labelledmicrophone on ACC boardand secure cable to the P clip.
Connect 14-wayribbon to socketACC DKC.
Secure 14-way ribbon to Inner doorusing cable clamps supplied.
Connect the 40-way ribbon to the socket labelledKEYBOARD on MCB and secure cable to side ofthe enclosure.
Fit the earth lead to the inner door
ACC
MCB
ACC DKC
PSU
Mains terminal blockwith fuse
P Clip formains cable
REMOVAL OF COVEREXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
WARNING
Cards and Terminals
All the cards (Printed circuit boards) are factoryfitted in the panel, with the exception of the loopprocessor card (LPC)
� Ensure one loop processor card (LPC) isfirmly fitted in CARD 1 slot on theMaster control board.
� If an optional loop processor card (LPC)is required, then it must be fitted inCARD 2 slot on the Master controlboard.
The mains cable may be securely fitted to themains terminal block.
� At this point DO NOT switchOn the mains supply to the panel.
Ensure the following external circuit cables areleft disconnected at this stage of commissioning:
• loop circuits
• clean contacts
• auxiliary circuits
• master alarms (the end-of-lineresistor (10K Ohm) should be fittedto inhibit a master alarm circuit faultindication).
• Monitored input (the end-of-lineresistor (10K Ohm) should be fittedto inhibit a monitored input faultindication).
� Remove the lithium battery sleeve on the retaining clipto allow it to come in direct contact with the battery.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 33
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
Master Control Board
P15
P10
P11
P9
P8
P7
P6
24V B A0V
NC C NO
NC C NO
0V TX A
NC C NO
RX B
L1 0V L2 0V L1 0V L2 0V
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-
0V MIPNC C NO
REPEATINDICATOR
AUXILIARY RELAY 1
AUXILIARYRELAY 2
RS232/RS485
LOOP CIRCUITS
MASTER ALARMS
MONITOREDINPUT
andCLEAN
CONTACTS
LOOP 1LOOP 2
P14
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
24V B A0V NC C NO NC C NONC C NO MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2- 0V MIPNC C NO
CODE BCKUP
Loop Card
P7P6
0V TX A RX B L1 0V L2 0V L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
24V B A0V NC C NO NC C NONC C NO MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2- 0V MIPNC C NO
CODE BCKUP
Loop Card
P7P6
0V TX A RX B L1 0V L2 0V L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
Master Control Board (MCB)
WARNINGREMOVAL OF COVER
EXPOSES HIGH VOLTAGE
KEYBOARD INDICATORS AND DISPLAY
Power Supply Unit(PSU)
P2
P1
N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
P3
DANGER
43VFS61A
24
V-
FS
4-
1A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1
FS
1-
3.1
5A
P5
WarningRemoval of
cover exposeslive parts
DANGER
LN
Remove Sleeve
Audio Control Card (ACC)
Audio Control CardControls and indicators
P6
P9
P2
P15
RAB PTT 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 2
P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 1
BGMPA MIC 1L
24V
P14
P4
AUDIO LOOP 1
AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
P1 -P3
SMTP2P9
-SMT
P4
LD1
0VPA MIC2
BGM MPG MIC PA
MICROPHONE
P11
AUDIO LOOP 2
FS2
FS1
TE
51A
0T
E5
1A
0
Master Control Board Terminals
Descriptions of MCB terminals
Terminals Description
24V, 0V, B and A These terminals accept theconnection of a repeatindicator panel (Port 0)
NC, C and NO
Aux 1- 2-sets
Aux 2 - 1set
These are auxiliary relaycontacts. The auxiliary relay 1is factory set as a normallyde-energised relay thatoperates with any fire event.The auxiliary relay 2 is factoryset as a normally energisedrelay that operates with anyfault event.
0V, TX, A, RX andB
These are terminals for RS232or RS485 (Ports 1 or Port 2respectively) to connect to acommissioning computer.
L1, 0V, L2, 0V(Loop 1 andLoop 2)
These terminals accept theconnection of system deviceson a two wire loop that starts atL1 and terminates at L2.Devices that can be connectedon the loop circuit includeaddressable fire sensors,alarm sounders, interface unitsrepeat/mimic panels and microdistributed amplifiers units
MA1+, MA1-, MA2+and MA2-
These terminals can accepttwo master alarm circuits thatcan operate 24V conventionalalarm devices.
0V and MIP These are monitored inputterminals that can accept theconnection of a switch. Anactive input will triggerCommand build 250.
NC, C and NO(clean contact)
These are voltage free relaycontact outputs that operatewith a fire event.
Terminals on Audio Control Card (ACC)
Descriptions of ACC terminals
Terminals Description
These terminals accept theconnection of backgroundmusic, pre amplified output ofan amplifier.
24V, B, A, PA1,PTT and 0V
These connections accept theconnection of a microphone forPA application.
PA2, PTT2 and 0V These terminals are for futureuse to accept the connection ofa second microphone.
O/A, O/B, I/A andI/B (for Audio loop 1and 2)
These terminals accept theaudio loop circuit connection.Here the O in O/A and O/Bsignify output, while the I in I/Aand I/B signify input. Audioloop 1 is associated withanalogue loop 1 and audioloop 2 is associated withanalogue loop 2.
Generic Commissioning instructions
34 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
P6
P9
P2
P15
RAB PTT 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 2
P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIOLOOP 1
BGMPA MIC 1L
24V
P14
P4
AUDIO LOOP 1
AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
P1 -P3
SMTP2P9
-SMT
P4
LD1
0VPA MIC2
BGM MPG MIC PA
MICROPHONE
P11
AUDIO LOOP 2
FS2
FS1
TE
51
A0
TE
51
A0
AB PTT1 0V
P10
PA2 PTT2 0V
P13P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 1
PA MIC 2
PA MIC 1
P15
R
BGM
L
24V
P14
PAPA1
FOR FUTURE USE
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 2
Message cardwith Audio Pack
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP
How to link out anaudio loop if it isnot being used
RL
Factory settings
The factory settings of the panel are described here.
P0 - RS485, Baud: 1200 Mode: Repeat(dedicated for repeat indicator panel)
P1 - RS232, Baud: 9600, Mode: Standard
P2 - RS485, Baud: 9600, Mode: Standard
NVM - software write allowed (NVM protect -disabled)hardware write allowed (NVM protect -disabled)NVM hardware link P13
System configurationDomain address - 0
Panel (Node) address - 1
All devices assigned to sector 1
All devices assigned to zone 1
Sector 1 is assigned to all ten voice alarm zones
Loop Processor Card (LPC)
A Loop Processor Card (part number : COMPACT-LPC) is ableto control up to 200 devices connected onto a loop circuit. TheLPC drives the loop circuit from both ends, and handles allmessages to and from each device. The control panel canaccommodate up to 2 LPCs.
� Fit the Loop Processor Card in Card 1/2 slot on theMCB.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 35
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
CODE BCKUP
Loop Card
Master Control Board
P7P6
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
'
Factory setting is NVM protectdisabled
Hardware' NVM protect link P13
NVM protect - [Enabled](ie NVM protected,that is )write not allowed
NVM protect - [disabled](ie NVM unprotected,that is )write allowed
BATT1
Connector P1 Plugs into the MCB
Local Processor Card
IC4 LoopProcessor
Power up
Battery supply
� A battery lead supplied in the spares pack must befitted to the Power supply board, connector P7 labelledBat1. Next install the batteries inside the enclosure,which requires removal of battery brackets from thepanel and installation of the batteries in correctorientation, standing on the small side with terminals atthe top facing outwards. Secure the batteries byrefitting the battery brackets.
� Switch On the mains supply to the panel and thenmake the connection to the battery.
� The panel makes use of sealed lead acid typebatteries which can have a useful life of up to 5 yearsfrom the date of manufacture. It is strongly recommendedthat batteries are replaced after 4 years of use. Batteriesmust be disposed of as per recommendation made bybattery manufacturer.
� Always use the recommendedreplacement battery. As there is a risk of anexplosion if incorrect batteries are used.
Mains supply
� Ensure the mains supply cable enters the equipment viaa dedicated cable entry point, which is located adjacentto the mains terminal block and is also segregated fromany loop wiring.
� The mains supply to the fire alarm control andindicating equipment must be via a 2-pole unswitchedfused spur unit (Disconnect device).A Disconnect Device should be available as part of thebuilding installation, fitted near the panel. The contactsof the disconnect device should have a separation of atleast 3mm.
� Hazardous voltage remains afteroperation of a protection fuse. Take appropriateaction to guard against the risk of equipment havingexposed live mains supply.
� Each fire alarm equipment fused spur unit must befrom a dedicated switch or protective device at thelocal mains supply distribution board, which should beclearly labelled FIRE ALARM - DO NOT SWITCHOFF.
Indicators on the power supply board
Description Y1(yellow)
Y2(yellow)
G1
(green)
Normal condition(no faults in thesystem)
fast flash
Mains out of limit slow flash
24VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
Battery 1 failureonly
slow flash fast flash
Battery 1 and24VDC failure
slow flash fast flash
43VDC failure only fast flash fast flash
No power to PSU
Earth fault only On On On
Note on initial power up all three LEDs on the PSUwill switch on for approximately 1 second duration.
Generic Commissioning instructions
36 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
Black Red
2 - 12V 12Ah battery
P3
43VFS61A
24
VF
S4
-1
A
P7BAT1
Ba
t1-
FS
1-
3.1
5A
+-
Y1 Y2 G1
PANELPSU BOARD
- + - +
PANEL
Dedicated mains supplyfrom consumer unit
5A Unswitched fusedspur unit
P2N E L
FS3 3.15A(T)Mains fuse
DANGER
Battery bracketsSecured with two nuts
Battery lead connectionon PSU board P2 Bat1
Battery bracketsSecured with two screws
Panel with doors openPSU
External printer
As for Vigilon Compact, see page 31.
How to configure the monitored input
As for Vigilon Compact, see page30.
How to configure the buttons U1 and U2
As for Vigilon Compact, see page30.
How to configure LEDs CB253 and
CB254
As for Vigilon Compact, see page30.
How to check and set the audio signal
Jack socketsThere are two stereo 3.5mm jack socket on the Audio ControlCard labelled Audio 1 and Audio 2. A standard low impedanceheadphones may be plugged into the jack sockets to listen to theaudios. Any audio from the panel that is outputted can belistened to using the headphones.
VU MeterThe VU (Volume Unit) meter provides an indication of the signallevel of audio being sent to the two audio loops.
For an optimum setting of audio the deflection on the VU metermust not exceed 0dB.
The noise level remains constant for all input signals. If the inputsignal is low as read on the VU meter then noise level will bemore noticeable.
Where an amplifier of a music system provides an adjustablepre-amplified output, the adjustment must be such that the heavybeat of background music does not cause the pointer on the VUmeter to deflect above 0dB, in the red range.
The actual volume settings of background music, PA and VA tothe speaker circuits are held at the micro-DAUs in the system.The settings of these volume are made to site specificrequirement using the commissioning tool.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 37
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Vo
ice
Ala
rmP
an
el
PANEL
ACC BOARD AUDIO 1
AUDIO 2
large signal
small signal
Noiseremainsconstantirrespective ofsignal level
+20 10 7 5 3 0 3
020
40 60 80 100%
-vu
Deflection of pointer in thered range may cause signaldistortion
Average deflectionof pointer to bearound here
Normal range Maximum for any signal
Indications on power upThese are typical power up indications given at the panel with noloop circuits connected. For Vigilon Compact VA panel the audioloop must remain disconnected at this stage.
� Switching on the mains power to the panel andconnecting the battery supply:
• the panel buzzer sounds
• some LEDs on the panel will be momentarily lit
• a message is displayed.
Powering up - please wait........
• the dots below the powering up message is aprogress indicator.
• the Disablement light gives a flashing indicationand after a short duration changes to a steadyindication.
• the display gives messages similar to:
Time not setNVM Card FittedAudio Card Keypad fitted -(Compact VA)NVM is not write protectedCard found at Card 1 x.xx (aa/bb/cc)Allocating Loop nACC Loop O/S 2
• NVM Card is the Non Volatile Memory (NVM)Card
• Card 1 is always a Loop card
• Card 2 message will only appear if an optionalloop card is fitted in CARD 2 slot of the Mastercontrol board (Vigilon compact or compact VAonly)
• the x.xx is the software version number of the card
• the aa/bb/cc signifies the day month and year ofsoftware release.
Allocation: OK at Card X : Nothingfound
There may be other indications and messages depending on thepanel condition.
• Disablement indicator is lit.
Initial tests
� The menus at the control panel are accessibleby pressing the Menu On/Off button. For details of all themenu options see Appendix A - Menu Maps .
Display test
� To test the display press the Menu On/Off button and
then select [Test/Eng] ->[Disp Test]. The Display Testoption will cause all the LEDs and buzzer (including
backlight) to remain On for a short duration.
Setting the Clock
� To set up the time and date, press the Menu On/Off
button and then select [SetUp] ->[Set Clock]. The SetClock option will allow the setting of the time and date
at the panel.
Printer test (if fitted)
� To test the printer press the Menu On/Off button and
then select [Control] -> [Printer], if the printer is On
select [Test] to carry out a printer test.
Power supply test
� Test the panel’s mains and battery supply by carryingout temporary disconnection and reconnection, toallow an indication of the events to be given on thepanel. Ensure sufficient time is given for the event tobe displayed, normally within 2 minutes.
Master alarms circuit tests
� Check that indications are given when there is a faulton the master alarm circuit. Carry out an open circuittest by disconnecting the end of line resistor. Thencarry out a short circuit test by shorting the masteralarm circuit terminals.
Generic Commissioning instructions
38 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ind
icati
on
so
np
ow
er
up
Useful menu optionsThe menu map for all the menu driven controls that areaccessible at the control panel are detailed in Appendix A.
Panel Buzzer
� It may be necessary during commissioning to disablethe panel buzzer. It is possible to selectively switch thedisablement, fault, fire and supervisory buzzer soundOff or On. It is important to ensure that the buzzers areswitched On for normal operation after commissioning.
Press Menu On/Off button and then select [Test/Eng],
[UserCode] and enter the Engineering password(PIN), this is only necessary if an Engineering
password has been set up. Select <etc> [Config],
[Buzzer] this will allow selection of [Disable],
[Fault], [Fire] or [Supervis] signifying total buzzerdisablement or disablement of local sound signal for
this type of event and then select [On/Off] and
[Enter].
� There is no indication given at the panel ofbuzzer disablement.
Software version
The software version of the panel can be displayed by viewingthe status of the master control board/card.
To check the software on the master control board/card: PressMenu On/Off button and then select [Info], momentarily press<etc> to select [Status] -> [Card] and enter Card number 0,which is the Main Control Card / Master Control Board and select[Enter]. The display will show software version number and dateof release.
Password or PersonalIdentification Number
� The terms Password, PIN, Usercode andAccess code mean the same and are usedinterchangeably.
A password or personal identification number (PIN) restrictsaccess to the controls available to the user at the Control panel.
There are three access levels to the controls these are accesslevel 1, 2 and 3. Access level 1 only allows the cycling throughmultiple events on the screen using the two buttons on the outerdoor.
� Access level 2a is for the CUSTOMER, here theperson responsible for the system can access essentialcontrols using the panel door key
� Access level 2b is for the CUSTOMER - here theperson responsible for the system can access essentialcontrols and some configuration menu options usingthe panel door key plus customer PIN.
� Access level 3 is for the ENGINEER - here the personresponsible for the system can access essential controlsand all system menu options using the panel door keyplus Engineer PIN.
� There is another password (PIN) that changes daily,which is available to the servicing organisation. Thisdaily password provides the same access to controls asthe Engineers' PIN. The daily PIN is only used whenthe Engineer's PIN is not known.
� Always make a note of the Customer andEngineering passwords or PINs once they are created.Ensure the Customer password or PIN is passed on tothe person responsible for the fire alarm system on site.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 39
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Usefu
lm
en
uo
pti
on
s
How to set up the Engineer password
The engineer password (PIN) gives access to level 3 menuoptions which are used during the commissioning andmaintenance of the fire alarm system. To set up the password forthe first time:
� Press the Menu On/ Off button and select [Test/Eng]
-> then momentarily press <etc> to select [Config] ->
[New Pass] and then type a password (PIN) and pressthe Enter key.
� It is recommended that the PIN is at least 4 numbersand no greater than 15 numbers for Vigilon compactand Vigilon Compact VA panels. The Vigilon panelscan use numbers and letters.
How to set up a Customer password
� An Engineer PIN must be set up before youcan create a Customer PIN.
The customer authorised operators can be given a password(PIN) to access level 2b controls, which provides access torestricted menu options that cannot alter the configuration of thesystem. To set up the customer password for the first time:
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] ->
[UserCode] ->type '2' and select [Enter] , select [New
Pass] and then type a password of less than 15characters in length and press the Enter key.
� It is recommended that the PIN is at least 4 numbersand no greater than 15 numbers for Vigilon compactand Vigilon Compact VA panels. The Vigilon panelscan use numbers and letters.
Generic Commissioning instructions
40 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Passw
ord
or
Pers
on
alId
en
tifi
cati
on
Nu
mb
er
Address allocation
� Always power-up with the mains supplyfirst and then connect the battery. The power-downsequence should be in the reverse order.
Connecting Loop 1 circuit
� Ensure the panel is powered down firstbefore connecting the external loop cables to thepanel.
It is recommended that each external circuit is wired up to theterminals at the panel, one circuit at a time and tests conductedto ensure that each circuit is functioning correctly. We start byconnecting End 1 only.
With Loop 1 End 1 connected
� Ensure end-2 of the loop cable remains
disconnected.
� Connect the mains and battery supply to power up thepanel, you will initially see the powering up messages.If there are no device address allocation faults thepanel will start the loop.
Allocating Loop nAllocation: OK at Card X : Allocated YStarting Loop nLoop started OK at Card X: Started Y
� Even if all the devices are wired correctly and there areno allocation faults, there may still be some devicefaults, like mains and battery disconnected at interfaceunits, these will be displayed at the panel. The panelfault buzzer will sound and the Fault LED will be lit.
� To stop the local buzzer from sounding pressCancel Buzzer button.
� In practice there may be system wiring andhardware faults during the address allocation stage,these faults are also displayed as messages and forfurther information on what they mean and possibleaction that can be taken, see Appendix B - Messageaction.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 41
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ad
dre
ss
allo
cati
on
1 2 3 4 9 10 11 12
5 6 7 8 13
22 23 24 25 14
30 31
29
28 21 15
32 27 26 20 19 18 17 16
CONTROL PANEL
Mainloop
circuit Spuron
mainloop
Spur on main loop
END 1
Note: The End 2 connection isnot made at this stage of commissioning
Spuron
mainloop
Previous Next
How to re-allocate a loop circuit
It is possible to selectively commence the process of addressallocation on a loop by loop basis.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] ->
[UserCode] ->type your password if one is set up and
then select [Loop] ->[Allocate], now enter the CARDnumber n to power up loop circuit n and now select
[Enter].
How addresses are allocated to devicesEach device connected to a loop circuit is allocated a softwareaddress on a sequential lowest unused value basis.
� The allocation of addresses start from one End of aloop circuit in a numerical order. If both ends of theloop are connected then the allocation of addressesstart from End1. On reaching a T-breaker the spurcircuit off is allocated addresses. On completion theprocess continues along the main loop.
� The new map is checked against the last mapon the NVM, if found to be different then a warningindication is given.
Possible allocation faults
� The device with a hardware fault may have its LED lit.
Allocation : HW Fault Card x number yLoop zAllocation : Tx Fault Card x number yLoop zAllocation : Double Allocated Card xnumber y Loop zAllocation : Map Error at Card x numbery Loop z
� An allocation fault that has been rectified will not berecognised until after re-allocation of the loop.
� A loop with allocation faults will not be able todistinguish between a point type sensor and a callpoint.
� When a short circuit fault is found, the loopre-allocates to the device before the short circuit. Thedevice loop breaker remains open and the device LEDis lit.
During start up
� A loop is started after allocation. Each device is set upto start operating normally based on its type, whenanalogue channels are read.
Typical starter fault
ASCII Device is Faulty, number X Loop Y
Loop circuit 1 End 2
� Power-down the loop before making anychanges to the wiring.
� Disconnect end 1 of loop 1 and connect the loop cableEnd-2 and power up to reallocate the loop.
� On completion of this test, power down the loop andconnect both ends of the loop. Repeat the test on theother loops if fitted.
Generic Commissioning instructions
42 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ad
dre
ss
allo
cati
on
Checking a loop mapA loop map is checked against the as fitted wiring drawings. Thiswill confirm the exact location of each system device and itsaddress.
� It is possible to display or print a loop map. Thefollowing procedure assumes no password access is
required. Press the Menu On/Off button and then
[Info] -> [Display]/[Print] note these options will onlyappear if a printer is connected to the panel.
Momentarily press <etc> to select [Loop Map], type
in a loop number and select [Enter]. The loop map iseither displayed or printed. A typical example is
shown:
To find devices on loop circuit
� Checking physical location of devices on a loop map ismade easier by having two people in communicationwith each other. While one person walks around thesite and marks the devices on the as fitted wiringdrawings, the other person operates the panel controls.
� The find device is a function that gives visual oraudible indication at the respective device on a loopcircuit.The following procedure assumes no password accessis required.
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng]
->[Loop] ->[Find Dev], now enter CARD number n to
select the loop circuit n, select [Start] and type in a
device number (usually device 1) and select [Enter].The display shows the device and loop number:
Number 1 on Loop 1
� Press [Next] to find the next device on the loop and atany stage if the previous device needs to be found then
select [Previous].
� A found device will provide visual or audibleindication.
Sensors and MCP
� A fire sensor or system manual call point will operateits LED for 0.5 second On and 0.5 second Off repeated.
Sounders and S cubed
� Each system alarm sounder or S cubed or S-Quaddevice will provide an audible and / or visualindication for 0.5 second On and 0.5 second Offrepeated.
Interface units
� Ensure outputs are not connected toexternal equipment at this stage of commissioning.
� Each interface output will in turn be activated for 0.5second On and 0.5 second Off , this will repeat.
� The loop powered zone module and singlechannel interface will provide an indication by switchingon the red LED (D22) on the interface board.
Panels on loop circuits
� A mimic and repeat panel on a loop circuit willdisplay its device number.
� Check the suitability of each device for the area inwhich it is installed and the location of installation withreference to the as fitted drawings.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 43
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ch
eckin
ga
loo
pm
ap
Map information for Loop 2
Os Prev Next Common Position1 End1 2 Main Loop
2 1 3 Main Loop
3 2 4 Main Loop
4 3 9 L2 5 Spur Loop
5 4 6
6 5 7
7 6 8
15:45
Spur LoopSpur LoopSpur Loop
Spur Loop
Non Volatile Memory(NVM)The Backplane and the Master Control board fitted insidethe panel have the Non Volatile Memory (NVM).
The NVM should the latest system configuration data.
Hardware write protect
� Do not attempt to write protect using thelink P13 while a back up to the flash chip orinitialisation of the memory is in progress.
The link header P13 on the Backplane provides hardware writeprotection and will stop [Save] and [Back-up] commands fromthe panel controls modifying the memory. The link is factory fittedto allow card data to be saved to the NVM.
� Where the system is required to be EN54 Part 2compliant, then the link P13 must be left in the protectenable state, that is to disallow write to NVM.
Hardware write protect on Vigilon 4-looppanel
Hardware write protect on Vigilon Compact(+ VA) panels
The configuration data held at the panel
Master Controller Card (MCC)
� Holds the status or configuration of:
• printer state - On/ Off
• usercode - the user entry password
• timeslots and time blocks
• sounder configuration for all three Signals plus IOline
• auxiliary relay
• action/deaction #
• assign/remove #
• setup ## - some exceptions are held on the loop processorcard
Loop Processor Card (LPC)
� Holds the status or configuration of devices:
• labels
• gain
• assign/remove to sectors
• setup of states and timeblocks.
Generic Commissioning instructions
44 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
No
nV
ola
tile
Mem
ory
(NV
M)
P15 P10 P11 P9 P8
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
PR
INT
ER
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA1 - FS1 250mA
MA2 - FS2 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16
P13SW1
24V B A0V NC C NO NC C NONC C NO MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2- 0V MIPNC C NO
CODE BCKUP
P7P6
0V TX A RX B L1 0V L2 0V L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
P14
BATT1
Master Control Board
Non VolatileMemory - NVM
There is also 'software'NVM protect enable anddisable, see menu maps.
'
Factory setting is NVM protectdisabled
Hardware' NVM protect link P13
NVM protect - [Enabled](ie NVM protected,that is )write not allowed
NVM protect - [Disabled](ie NVM unprotected,that is )write allowed
BATT1
PB15 PB6 PB9
P2 CARD 1
IC3
KE
YB
OA
RD
IC16
POWERSUPPLY
P12
MA2 - FS2 250mA
MA1 - FS1 250mA
P1 CARD 2
P16P1
3
SW1RESET
24V B A0V TX1RX1 0V
PB8
MA1+ MA1- MA2+ MA2-0V MIPNC C NO
FIRMWARE BACKUP
PB10 PB7
L1 0V L2 0V
24V
FS3 200mA
TX2 RX2
PB14
L1 0V L2 0V NC C NO NC C NO NC C NO
PB11
NEW Master Control Board (MCB)
SW2MODE
IC2IC1
P13P
11
P1
0
P13
Write protected NOT Write protected(factory setting)
TERMINALSFOR CARD IN P8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TERMINALSFOR CARD IN LOOP 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
LC
C
P13
Backplane
Protected- Write protected
P13LK1
Unprotected- NOT write protected
(factory setting)
New Vigilon 4/6-loops panelExisiting Vigilon 4-loops panel
Backplane
Data Back-up &RecoveryTo back up loop data to NVM
A fully allocated loop should be backed up to the Non VolatileMemory (NVM). The following procedure assumes no passwordaccess is required and write protect is disabled.
� Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp],
momentarily press <etc> to select [Backup] and selectthe loop number n to be backed up to the NVM. Select
[NVM card] ->[Enter]. A confirmation will be givenon the display:
Loop card n Backed upChecksum written to card 14
� It is also important to back up data held inCard 0 (MCC), to do this follow the above proceduresexcept after the [Backup] command enter 0, as this iscard 0.
To recover loop data from NVM
� On power-up the information stored on the NonVolatile Memory is automatically recovered to theLocal Controller (MCB) and Loop processor cards.
If there is a recovery failure you will get the following message:
Recovery failed at card x
� It is possible to recover data previously backed up toNon Volatile Memory. The following procedureassumes there is no password access required.
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp],
momentarily press <etc> to select [Recover] and selectthe card number n to be recovered from the Non
Volatile Memory. Select [NVM card] ->[Enter]. Aconfirmation will be given on the display:
Loop card 1 Recovered
� A warning will be given if the loop map isdifferent to that previously backed up to the memory(NVM). For information on how to 'hardware' write protectNVM see page 44.
To 'software' write protect NVM
Once the NVM is protected it is not possible to write or backupcard data to NVM. To write to NVM it must first be unprotected.
� The following procedure assumes no password accessis required.
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp],
momentarily press <etc> to select [Protect] and then
select [Enable] ->[Enter]. A confirmation will begiven on the display:
NVM is write protected at card 14
To 'software' write unprotect NVM
Once the NVM is unprotected it is possible to write or backupcard data to the NVM. After card data is backed up to NVM itmust be write protected.
� The following procedure assumes no password accessis required.
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [SetUp],
momentarily press <etc> to select [Protect] and then
select [Disable] ->[Enter]. A confirmation will begiven on the display:
NVM is not write protected at card 14
How to electrically erase the NVM
� Under normal circumstances erasing theNVM is not necessary as there is only one back upof the complete system configuration data held atthe panel. The NVM Initialisation should only beperformed by a trained and qualified engineer, asexecuting this command will erase all the databacked up at the panel.
� To completely erase the NVM you will firstneed to switch On the freeblock and disable the hardwareand software write protect. This will allow access to theinitialisation command.
To switch On freeblock
The following procedures assume no password access isrequired.Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] ->[UserCode] momentarily press <etc> and select [Test] and thenselect [Freeblock], press [Next] for controller and select [Enter],which will display numbers on the top left of the display to showthe freeblock is On.
To initialise Non Volatile Memory
The following procedures assume no password access isrequired.Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] ->[UserCode] and then select [Card] -> [Init NVM] and then[Enter].
NVM Card Being Initialised NVM card 14: 512K bytes
To switch Off freeblock
Press the Menu On/Off button and then [Test/Eng] ->[UserCode], momentarily press <etc> and select [Test] andthen select [Freeblock], press [Previous] for Off and select[Enter]. On completion do a display test to clear the freeblocknumber display.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 45
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Data
Back-u
p&
Reco
very
Safe AddressingA safe address is an address given to a devices duringcommissioning, the value of which is stored in the non volatilememory within the electronics module of the device, the Safeaddress is therefore carried with the device.
A Safe address can be given to any device on loop circuit:
� Individually
� in a consecutive range
� or an entire loop can be safe addressed
To safe address a device
Press Menu On/Off button and then [Set Up] and thenmomentarily press <etc> to select [Set Up] and thenmomentarily press <etc> to select [Device], now type in the softaddress of the device and then select [Loop], now type in theloop on which the device resides and then select [Safe] andfinally type in a safe address and select [Enter].
� It is efficient to safe address devices using thecommissioning tool. If safe addressing a range of devicesit is quicker to do using the controls at the panel.
To convert from safe to soft address
If for any reason the safe address given to a device is notrequired and the device needs to be converted for softaddressing, then:
Press Menu On/Off button and select [Set Up] and thenmomentarily press <etc> to select [Set Up] and thenmomentarily press <etc> to select [Device], now type in thesafe address of the device and then select [Loop], now type inthe loop on which the device resides and then select [Safe] andfinally type in 0 the safe address and select [Enter]. This willconvert the device back to soft addressing mode.
Generic Commissioning instructions
46 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Safe
Ad
dre
ssin
g
Map information for Loop 2
Os Prev Next Common Position+1 End1 2 Main Loop
+2 1 3 Main Loop
+3 2 4 Main Loop
+4 3 9 L2 5 Spur Loop
+5 4 6
+6 5 7
+7 6 8
15:45
Spur LoopSpur LoopSpur Loop
Spur Loop
+ indicatesthe deviceis safeaddressed
Loop circuit testsThe loop circuit test involves checking the loop circuit resistanceand capacitance and then to carry out open circuit, short circuitand break tests.
Loop resistance and capacitance
� Power down and disconnect both ends of the loop 0Vwiring at the control panel, whose resistance andcapacitance are to be measured.
Resistance
� Using a multimeter measure the resistance between theloop 0V (End 1) and loop 0V (End 2). In practice this
should not be greater than 13 ohms.
Capacitance
� Check the capacitance between the loop 0V and cablescreen. The capacitance should not be greater than
1.0uF. Also the cable end-1 and end-2 should read the
same value.
How to [Repair] a loop circuit
When a loop circuit is tested for open or short circuit faultor if a genuine wiring short or open circuit fault shouldoccur, then rectification action must be taken. To rectifythe fault remove the fault and process the repair commandat the control panel.
a. Press the Menu On/Off button and select[Test /Eng].
b. Select [Usercode] and if a password access isrequired, type in your user code and press theEnter button.
c. Select [Loop] and then momentarily select<etc> until [Repair] appears on the display.
d. Select [Repair] and type in the loop circuit youwant to repair, for example loop 1 or 2 and thenselect [Enter].
Loop short circuit test
A loop short circuit isolation test should be carried out at thisstage. It is recommended that the sounders are switched Onbefore conducting this test.
End 1 Short test
� Short circuit the pair of loop terminals at End-1. Thereshould be no loss of any part of the system. Thedisplay shows:
Wiring changed - short at card x numbery loop zWiring changed - loop split
� After rectification re-allocate the loop circuit.
End 2 and Mid circuit Short test
� A short circuit test should then be repeated at End-2
and again at mid point of the loop.
� The loop circuit on which a short circuitoccurred must be repaired using the [Repair]function.
� At the end of the test operate the [Repair] function atthe panel.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 47
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Lo
op
cir
cu
itte
sts
L1 0V
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANELenclosure
MICC CABLE
SHORTING LINK
Ground break test
A ground break test should be carried out at this stage:
� Disconnect the 0V line from End-1 of a loop circuit.
� A single 0V line break should not cause theloss of any part of the system.
End 1 cable break test
� The cable break may have to be sustained for up to aminute. The display will show:
Wiring changed - ground break at card xnumber y on loop z
� To clear the fault, the 0V line should be reconnectedand then the loop should be re-allocated.
End 2 loop break test
� The ground break test should be repeated at the other
end of the loop circuit, End-2 and again at Mid point
of the loop.
� The exact location of a ground break is notindicated, however the loop will run as normal. When thefault is rectified and the defective cable has been repairedand the loop must be re-allocated.
� At the end of the test operate the [Repair] function atthe panel.
Positive line break test
A positive line break test should be carried out at this stage:
� Disconnect the +ve loop connection at one End of aloop circuit.
The display shows:
Wiring changed - split at card x numbery on loop z
� A single +ve line break should not cause theloss of any part of the system.
� Reconnect +ve line to clear the fault.
� At the end of the test operate the [Repair] function atthe panel.
Generic Commissioning instructions
48 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Lo
op
cir
cu
itte
sts
L1 0V
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
L1 (+ve)LINEGROUNDBREAKTEST
L1 0V
MICC CABLE
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
REMOVE THE 0VLINE TOINTRODUCE AGROUND BREAK
Earth fault test
Earth fault tests should be carried at this stage:
0V-line earth fault test
� Connect the 0V line to the earth of the control panelenclosure. This may have to be sustained for up to1 minute for the fault to be detected. The displayshould show:
Earth Fault
� Restore normal conditions. The display show:
Earth Fault cleared
+ve line earth fault test
� Now connect the +ve line to earth via a 10K ohm
resistor. This may have to be sustained for up to1 minute for the fault to be detected. The displayshows an Earth fault message as above and afterrestoration a cleared message.
� If the resistance between Earth and Loop +veis in the order of a few ohms then this will be registeredas a ‘short circuit’.
Type of earth fault
Interrogate the [PSU] readings in the [Test/Eng] menu toestablish the type of Earth fault.
Type of Earth fault Earth (Ear) reading
No earth fault around 60
+ve line and earth greater than 75
-ve line and earth less than 40
� At the end of the test operate the [Repair] function atthe panel.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 49
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Lo
op
cir
cu
itte
sts
MICC CABLE
BOARD
TERMINALS
BOARD
PANEL
enclosure
L1 0V
10K
resistor
L1 0V
0V (-ve)LINEEARTHFAULTTEST
L1 (+ve)LINEEARTHFAULTTEST
Checking device statusTo list the status of a device on an allocated loop at the ControlPanel: Press Menu On/Off button and then select [Info],momentarily press <etc> to select [Status] -> [Device], enter adevice number, select [Loop], enter the loop number n, select[Enter] to view device status information.
0 - Output, I - Input and . signifies not used
Device digital I / 0 channels
S cubed 0 0 0 0
1- IR control
2 - Tone
3 - Power
4 - Strobe
5
Sounder . 0 0 .
3 - Low freq.
2 - On/Off
Repeat sounder . 0 0 .
Interface unit (mainspowered)
all possible
I - input
0 - output
1-channel 1
2-channel 2
3-channel 3
4-channel 4
5-battery
6-mains
Optical . . . 0 1
Optical heat . . . 0 1,2
Heat . . . 0 4
Slave Relay 0 . . 0+R
Slave LED . . . 0 +L
Beam transmitter . . . 0 2
Beam receiver . . . 0 1- raw data
2- averagedata
MCP . . . 0 6
Repeat panel . . . 0 -
Zonal mimic . . . 0 -
Device digital I / 0 channels
Mimic panel(standard A2 and A4size)
. . . 0 -
Loop interface all possible
I - input
0 - output
1-channel 1
2-channel 2
3-channel 3
4-channel 4
5
Single channelinterface unit
I 0 . 0 1,2,5
Loop powered zonemodule
I . . 0 1,5
Optical/HeatSounder
. 0 0 0 1,2
T-breaker O/S . . . 0
S-Quads
S-Quad Heat Sensor . . . 0 2
S-Quad Heat SensorSounder
. 0 0 0 2, 5
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat Sensor
. . . 0 1, 2,4
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat Sensor Strobe
0 . . 0 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat SensorSounder
. 0 0 0 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat Sensor SpeechStrobe
0 0 0 0 1, 2, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat Sensor CO
. . . 0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
S-Quad Dual OpticalHeat Sensor COSpeech Strobe
0 0 0 0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
+ Monitored input 6
+ Monitored output 6
Analogue Channel 1 is forward scatter optical smoke sensor
Analogue Channel 2 is heat sensor
Analogue Channel 3 is for CO gas sensor
Analogue Channel 4 is for backward scatter optical smoke
sensor
Analogue Channel 5 reports sounder/flasher/speech faults to
the control panel
Analogue Channel 6 reports monitored input/monitored output
faults/operation to the control panel
� The correct device type may not be displayedif the loop circuit has allocation faults.
� Check that the device is of the correct type and issuitable for the area in which it is installed.
� Check the digital status of all devices.
� On successful allocation check that the total number ofdevices found equals the number installed. Also therewill be a loop voltage on the unconnected end of thecable.
Generic Commissioning instructions
50 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ch
eckin
gd
evic
esta
tus
Loop 1 No. 7 Dual optical/Heat/CO
LB1:C End1:Hi End2:HiI/O:...0 Anal:1-42nd:250 3rd:0 Short delay:0Zone 1 Zone 1
LED)
,6
Loop on which
the device is installed
Location of the
device on the loop
Device description
Description of
monitored input/LED
attached to the device
Loop breaker
condition
C:closed
Status of End 1
of the device
(high or low)
Status of End 2
of the device
(high or low)
Digital
Input outputs
Analogue channels
used
1:Optical (forward)
2:Heat
3:Gas
4:Optical (Backward)
5:Sounder/Strobe/Speech fault
6:Monitored line or LED
Secondary address
denotes group of devices
Tertiary address
used primarily by
sounders/strobe
Short circuit delay
associated with
number of T breakers
off T breakers
Zone number and label
Device checks
� Ensure all dust covers have been removed from the sensor heads and the system is allowed to operate for atleast 24 hours to obtain accurate time average and condition code readings.
Checking the time averages
You can manually recover card data. The followingprocedure assumes there is no password accessrequired. Press the Menu On/Off button and then[Info], momentarily press <etc> to select [TimeAvg] and type in the channel number from therange 1-6, select [Device] and type in the devicenumber for which the time average is required,select [Loop] and type in the loop number of thedevice ->[Enter]. The display shows time averages for the device.
Foreground (fast) time average readings Background (slow) time average readings
Tnew T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11
Ondemand
80mS 320mS 1.28S 5.12S 20.48S 1.36min 5.46min 21.84min 1.45hr 5.82hr 23.3hr
Normally reads 252, unless there is athreshold.
Device type 34K Analogue Channelnumber
Time average
Tnew
OpticalHeat
12
200 - 235180 - 210
Heat 180 - 210
Beam Transmit 0
Beam Receive 2 150 - 170
Device type S-Quad Analogue Channels Time average Tnew
Heat Sensor 2 - heat 66
Heat Sensor Sounder 2 - heat 66
Dual Optical Heat Sensor 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat4 - optical (backward)
256640
Dual Optical Heat Sensor Strobe 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat4 - optical (backward)
256640
Dual Optical Heat Sensor Sounder 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat4 - optical (backward)
256640
Dual Optical Heat Sensor Speech Strobe 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat4 - optical (backward)
256640
Dual Optical Heat Sensor CO 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat3 - CO4 - optical (backward)
25662540
Dual Optical Heat Sensor CO Speech Strobe 1 - optical (forward)2 - heat3 - CO4 - optical (backward)
25662540
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 51
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Devic
ech
ecks
Average Channel 1 Device 1 Loop 1
19 252 252 252 252 252 19 19 19 19 18 18
Time average readings of Channel 1 device 1 loop 1
23:15Tnew (On demand)
Background (slow) Timeaverage readings T6 of T11Channel 1 Device 1 loop 1
Foreground (fast) Timeaverage readings T1 to T5 ofChannel 1 Device 1 loop 1
e Aver channel 1 Device 1 Loop 1
[Repeat] [Previous] [Next] [Cancel]
Checking the sensor Exceptions/Subfault
codes
Exceptions (EN) or Subfaults (BS) are also called conditioncodes and these codes provide information about a sensordevice. A code indicates small changes in the environmentalcondition, sensor mechanism and how the sensor performs in thesystem. To ensure that the sensor exception codes aremeaningful, all existing codes must be cleared and the systemleft undisturbed for at least 24 hours.
Code definition
There are ten different conditions possible for each sensor type,although not all of them are defined. Each condition code has arange of 0-3.
ExceptionCode
Meaning
0 This condition is OK. This code isnot displayed unless another nonzero code exists.
1 or 2 Suggests preventive maintenance isrequired, where necessary, to avoidpossible false alarms.
3 The sensor is faulty. A fault conditionindication is given at the controlpanel. A message reading ‘SensorOut of Specification’ is displayed.
� A sensor having code 3 is automaticallydisabled by the system to prevent false alarms.
To view the exceptions/condition codes of a device press MenuOn/Off button and select [Info] -> <etc> -> [Event] -> <etc> ->[Exception] -> [Enter].
How to clear Exceptions
This can be done by removal and replacement of the sensorchamber, by re-allocation of the loop having the sensor or, byusing the menu controls: Press Menu On/Off button to select[Test/Eng] -> [Usercode] -> <etc> -> [Config] -> [Clear]->[Exception] -> [Enter]. Cleared codes will return if theconditions are still true.
Generic Commissioning instructions
52 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
ech
ecks
Exceptions/Condition codes
Meaning Action
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
This is the sub-fire band and if setshould be taken as showing that thesensor is at its optimum sensitivityfor its location.
No action need be taken.
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
A sub-fire has been generated whichwould suggest that the sensor waseither too sensitive for itsenvironment or that the sensor typemay be incorrect for the location.
Action should be to check location and altersensor state or type as required. This shouldonly be done with the knowledge of thecustomer. Remember to re-backup allchanges to states onto the NVM Card.
0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
These codes indicate that the sensoris in a windy location. This will causethe chamber voltage to drop. CodeLevel 1 shows one drop only, Level2 shows greater than one drop.
The location should be checked and a changein siting made, if required.Note: Wind will not cause the sensor to falsealarm.
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0
This shows that the sensor timeaverages are close to acceptablelimits.
On commissioning the sensor should bereplaced. A sensor with code 2 is worse thancode 1. On maintenance sensors with code 2should be replaced.
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0
This shows that high frequencynoise events have been detected bythe system. A code 1 shows oneevent and a code 2 shows morethan one event.
The device should be replaced. Onmaintenance, sensor with code 2 should bereplaced. If it reoccurs then check theenvironment.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0
This shows device hardware faults.1 for code 1 and more than one for acode 2.
The sensor should be replaced.
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 or0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
This shows that transmission faultsare being noted. Code 2 is worsethan code 1.
The device should be replaced. If it reoccursthen check the environment.
Time: 15:54.07 Fri 20 December 2002ExceptionNumber 2 on Loop 1condition 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Time and date when exceptions (Condition code) were read
23:15
Location of the device residing on this loopwhose exceptions are shown beneath These condition codes indicate the
device is probably disconnected
1st 10thFor definition see tables on the following pages
Exception codes for Optical (heat) (sounder) sensor
� For the Heat sounder product ignore the Optical codes.
Gentype
PosNo. Description
Exception codes
normalband
sub fault band fault band
0 1 2 3
ENVIORNMENT
1st Opticalsubfire
None Small signalsensed[Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
2nd Heat subfire None Small signalsensed[Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
3rd -
4th -
SENSOR
5th Opticalchannel driftor out ofrange
OK Close toacceptable limitLow T11<175
High T8>240
[Clean]
Out of limitsLow T11<165
High T8>245
[Clean/replace]
6th Heat channeldrift or out ofrange
OK Close toacceptable limit[Clean]
Out of limitsLow T9>250
High T11<20
[Clean/replace]
7th Opticalchannelnoisy (Highfreq)
OK Single HFnoise eventdetected
Multiple HFnoise seen(Check locationand report)
8th Heat channelnoisy (Highfrequency)
OK Single HFnoise eventdetected
Multiple HFnoise seen(check locationand report)
DEVICE
9th devicefirmware
OK Isolated fault
[Note/report]
Repetitive fault
[Note/report/replace]
Total failure
[Replace]
10th devicetransmission
OK Low error rate Medium errorrate
[Report]
High error rate
[Replace]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 53
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Devic
ech
ecks
Exception codes for Heat sensor
Gentype
PosNo. Description
Exception codes
normalband
sub fault band fault band
0 1 2 3
ENVIORNMENT
1st Subfirebackground
None Small signalsensed [Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
2nd Subfireforeground
None Small signalsensed [Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
3rd
4th
SENSOR
5th Drift out ofrange high
OK Above upperlimitT9>250
[Replace]
6th Heat channeldrift or out ofrange
OK Below lowerlimitT11<20
[Replace]
7th Noisy (Highfrequency)
OK Single HFnoise eventdetected
Multiple HFnoise seen
8th
DEVICE
9th devicefirmware
OK Isolated fault
[Note/report]
Repetitive Fault
[Note/report/replace]
Total Failure
[Replace]
10th devicetransmission
OK Low error rate Medium errorrate
[Report]
High errorrate
[Replace]
Generic Commissioning instructions
54 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
ech
ecks
Exception codes for Beam sensor
Gentype
PosNo. Description
Exception codes
normal band sub fault band fault band
0 1 2 3
ENVIORNMENT
1st Subfirebackground
None Small signalsensed [Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
2nd Subfireforeground
None Small signalsensed [Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
3rd
4th Total beamobscuration
OK Obscured for>1 minute orTx failed[Replace]
SENSOR
5th Drift out ofrange high
OK Gain not setcorrectly[Check gain/replace]
6th Drift out ofrange low
OK Out ofSpecification.[Clean/checkgain/repair]
Below lowerlimit[Clean/checkgain/replace]
7th Noisy (Highfrequency)
OK Single HF fallseen
Multiple HF fallseen
8th
DEVICE
9th devicefirmware
OK Isolated fault
[Note/report]
Repetitive fault
[Note/report/replace]
Total failure
[Replace]
10th devicetransmission
OK Low error rate Medium errorrate
[Report]
High error rate
[Replace]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 55
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Devic
ech
ecks
Exception (or Condition) Codes for S-Quads
Gentype
PosNo. Description
Exception codes
normalband
sub fault band fault band
0 1 2 3
ENVIORNMENT
1st Opticalsubfire
None Small signalsensed[Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
2nd Heat subfire None Small signalsensed[Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
3rdGas subfire
- Small signalsensed[Checklocation, state& type]
Subfire[Check location,state & type]
4th -
SENSOR
5th Optical/Gaschannel driftor out ofrange
OK Close toacceptable limit
Out of limits[Clean/replace]
6th Heat channeldrift or out ofrange
OK Out of limits[Clean/replace]
7th Optical/Gaschannelnoisy (Highfreq)
OK Single HFnoise eventdetected
Multiple HFnoise seen(Check locationand report)
8th Heat channelnoisy (Highfrequency)
OK Single HFnoise eventdetected
Multiple HFnoise seen(check locationand report)
DEVICE
9th devicefirmware
OK Isolated fault
[Note/report]
Repetitive fault
[Note/report/replace]
Total failure
[Replace]
10th devicetransmission
OK Low error rate Medium errorrate
[Report]
High error rate
[Replace]
Generic Commissioning instructions
56 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
ech
ecks
Pre Fire, Fire and Super fireDefinitions
Condition meaning.. ..and for State 0 it implies
PreFire Fire detection is at a highersensitivity than the selectedstate.
Fire detection that will easily passthe respective EN54 test.
Fire Fire detection at thesensitivity of the selectedstate .
Fire detection that is referencedto the respective EN54 test.
SuperFire Fire detection at lowersensitivity than the selectedstate.
Fire detection that will not passthe British Standard test.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 57
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Pre
Fir
e,F
ire
an
dS
up
er
fire
Device StatesStates are normally used to switch sensor sensitivity or to disable the sensing channel during specific times of a day. For examplethe optical smoke sensing channel may be disabled during normal working time in an area where smoking is allowed and occupantscan smoke in the designated area and the channel is enabled to a sensitive state during non working time.
Non defined states
� If a non defined state is selected during commissioning then the control panel will revert to State 15. Whichmeans the device is functionally switched OFF .
Optical heat (sounder) sensor states (34000 range)
These states cover the following sensors:
� Optical heat sensor
� Optical heat sounder
� Heat sounder
� For the Heat sounder product ignore the Optical states.
State Definition Application
State 0(LPCapproved)
Medium sensitivityHeat Grade 2Optical smoke normal sensitivity
Suitable for most applications. Provides smokedetection to meet BS5445:Part 7 and provides heatdetection to meet Grade 2 as defined inBS5445:Part 5.
State 1 High sensitivity optical or Grade 2heat
Used in areas or situations where airborne smoke ordust is unlikely to occur and therefore a moresensitive detection is available.
State 5 Medium sensitivity optical only Where high ambient temperatures of greater than40oC are expected in the detection area.
State 8(LPCapproved)
Medium sensitivity optical with 20seconds time constant orGrade 2 heat
This state is useful in hotel bedrooms where lowlevels of signal could occur for short durations. Ifsmoke and heat occur simultaneously the time delayis effectively overridden to provide fast detection.
State 10 Medium sensitivity optical with timedelay (20 second time constant) orGrade 2 heat
Similar performance to state 8 without the time delayoverridden. Useful in hotel bedrooms and loadingbays where low levels of signal may occur.
State 11 Low sensitivity optical or Grade 3heat
Used for smoke detection in areas where airborneparticles or smoke are normally present, or hightemperatures (up to 40oC) can be normally attained.
State 12(LPCapproved)
Grade 1 heat only No optical smoke detection. Can be used whereairborne particles or smoke could occur briefly or atspecific times. Optical detection can be used inconjunction with time blocks/slots to enable/disablesensor depending on application.State 13
(LPCapproved)
Grade 2 heat only
State 14 Grade 3 heat only
State 15 No detection This state can be used to provide total disablementon a timed or temporary basis.
Generic Commissioning instructions
58 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
eS
tate
s
Heat sensor states (34000 range)
State Definition Application
State 0(LPCapproved)
(Default) Grade 2, rate of rise andfixed temperature
Suitable for general use in ambient temperatures upto 40oC. Provides detection to Grade 2 performanceas defined in BS5445 : Part 5.
State 1(LPCapproved)
Grade 1, faster rate of temperaturerise as well as fixed temperature
Applicable for areas with normally very steady lowambient temperatures. A faster rate of rise cansignal a fire below the normal set temperature at58oC.
State 2 Grade 1, limited rate of rise Applicable for normal ambient temperature wheretemperature variations are expected up to 40oC butfaster response than grade 2 is required e.g. hotelbedroom.
State 5 High temperature with rate of rise Provides detection as specified by Range 1BS5445:Part 8 .
State 6 High temperature with no rate ofrise
Provides detection as specified by Range 1BS5445:Part 8.
State 15 No detection No detection. This is a total disablement of thesensor.
Beam sensor states (34000 range)
Beam sensor Path length State
Short path 2-30m State 2/3
Long path from 30-100m State 0/1
State Definition Application
State 0(LPCapproved)
Default detection A fire is detected when there is a 50% (3dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1second and ismaintained for 40 seconds, then a fault is registered. This allowsthe Control panel to differentiate between a fire and a fault signalcaused by accidental obscuration.
State 1 Normal sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 50% (3dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1 second and ismaintained for 40 seconds then a fire is registered.
State 2(LPCapproved)
Medium Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 25% (1.3dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1 second and ismaintained for 40 seconds then a fault is registered.
State 3 Medium Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 25% (1.3dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1 second and ismaintained for 40 seconds then a fire is registered.
State 4 High Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 10% (0.5dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1 second and ismaintained for 40 seconds then a fault is registered.
State 5 High Sensitivity A fire is detected when there is a 10% (0.5dB) fall in signal level,however if the fall is by 90% (10dB) in less than 1 second and ismaintained for 40 seconds then a fire is also registered.
State 15 No detection. This is a total disablement of the sensor.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 59
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Devic
eS
tate
s
The state in which the S-Quad sensors operate can be changed from the default factory set state to another state duringcommissioning. The environment in which the S-Quad device is installed will determine what state is applicable.
# - Default state
DeviceLPCB approvedsensor STATE *
MeetsEN54 : Part 7 :2000 ~EN54 : Part 5 :2002 *
Dual optical & Heat sensor(S4-711 & S4-711-ST)
State 0 # Medium optical smoke~ / Class A1 heat *
State 5 Medium optical smoke~ / Class B heat *
State 8 Delayed medium optical smoke~ / Class A1 heat *
Dual optical, Heat & COsensor (S4-911)
State 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
State 9 Class A1 heat *
Heat sensor (S4-720) State 0 # Class A1 heat *
State 5 Class B heat *
Heat Sounder (S4-780) State 0 # Class A1 heat *
State 5 Class B heat *
Dual Optical HeatSensor Speech strobe
(S4-711-ST-VO & S4-771)
State 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
State 5 Medium optical smoke ~ / Class B heat *
State 8 Delayed medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
Dual Optical Heat CO SensorSpeech & Strobe(S4-911-ST-VO)
State 0 # Medium optical smoke ~ / Class A1 heat *
State 9 Class A1 heat *
All S-Quad range of sensor sounder devices meet CEA GEI 1 - 084 Requirements and test methods for input/output devices for useon the transmission paths of fire detection and alarm system.
S-Quad Heat sensor states
State Definition / Class Application / Suitable for:
State 0# Class A1 heat Where high level of smoke/dust/steam present
State 5 High temperature Class B heat High ambient temperature and where dust/smoke/steam ispresent
State 6 High temperature Class BS heat -with no rate of rise component
Rapid temperature changes in areas wheredust/smoke/steam is present
State 13 Class A2 heat Moderate temperature changes in areas where dust/smoke/steam is present
State 15 No detection
S-Quad Optical sensor states
State Definition / Class Application / Suitable for:
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical General application
State 2 Low sensitivity optical Application with moderate dust or smoke present
State 3 High sensitivity optical Clean environments (where early detection is required).
State 8 Delayed medium sensitivityoptical
General application with transient steam, dust or smokepresent
State 15 No detection
Generic Commissioning instructions
60 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
eS
tate
s
# - Default state
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat / Optical Heat sensor states
State Definition / Class Application / Suitable for:
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat
General application
State 2 Low sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat
Application with moderate dust, smoke or steam is present
State 3 High sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat
Clean environments (where early detection is required)
State 5 Medium sensitivity optical,Class B heat
High ambient temperature plus low dust or smoke or steampresent
State 6 Low sensitivity optical,Class BS heat
High ambient temperature with change, plus moderatedust, smoke or steam present
State 8 Delayed medium sensitivityoptical, Class A1 heat
General application with transient steam dust or smokepresent
State 11 Low sensitivity optical,Class B heat
High ambient temperature where moderate dust, smoke orsteam present
State 12 Class A1 heat only Smoke, dust or steam occurring often
State 15 No detection
S-Quad Dual Optical Heat CO sensor states
State Definition / Class Application / Suitable for:
State 0# Medium sensitivity optical,Class A1 heat, Medium sensitivity gas(false alarm resistant)
General application where false alarmreduction is required
State 1 High sensitivity optical, Class A1 heat,high sensitivity gas
Clean environments (where early detection isrequired) false alarm reduction
State 9 Medium sensitivity gas,Class A1 heat
High levels of smoke/dust/steam often present
State 11 Medium sensitivity optical,Class B heat
High ambient temperature, plus low levels ofdust/smoke/steam
State 12 Class A1 heat only Smoke/dust/steam/gas occurring often
State 15 No detection
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 61
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Devic
eS
tate
s
Interface input states
4 - channel interface input states
These include the mains or loop powered interface.
State Definition Applications
State 0 Default - all Inputs enabled Normal use
State 1 Input 1 disabled Selective disablement and enablement ofinterface input circuits
Where an input circuit is used forfire detection application, the callpoints on the circuits will remainoperational on disablement of thecircuit.
State 2 Input 2 disabled
State 3 Inputs 1 and 2 disabled
State 4 Input 3 disabled
State 5 Inputs 1 and 3 disabled
State 6 Inputs 2 and 3 disabled
State 7 Inputs 1, 2 and 3 disabled
State 8 Input 4 disabled
State 9 Inputs 1 and 4 disabled
State 10 Inputs 2 and 4 disabled
State 11 Input 1, 2 and 4 disabled
State 12 Inputs 3 and 4 disabled
State 13 Inputs 1, 3 and 4 disabled
State 14 Inputs 2, 3 and 4 disabled
State 15 All inputs disabled interface input disablement
Single channel interface
This include loop powered single channel interface and loop powered zone module.
State Definition Applications
State 0 Default - all Inputs enabled Normal use
State 1 Input 1 disabled Selective disablement andenablement of interface inputcircuits
Where an input circuit is used forfire detection application, the callpoints on the circuits will NOTremain operational on disablementof the circuit.
State 15 All inputs disabled Interface input disablement
Generic Commissioning instructions
62 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Devic
eS
tate
s
Installed equipmenttestsPreparation
� Check to ensure access will be provided to areas whereinstalled equipment is to be tested, such as locked orsecure areas.
� Ensure all sensor dust covers are removed from sensordevices.
� Tests may be made easier by having: sensor extractortool, smoke poles, smoke canister, heat gun, beamobscuration filter, sensor removal kit and MCP testkey, plus keys to open system equipment.
Communication to site occupants
� Before undertaking any of these tests and to preventunnecessary building evacuation, ensure:
• all affected personnel on site are informed, via aresponsible person that the fire alarm system isbeing commissioned.
• where there is a link to an alarm receiving centre,the appropriate action should be taken to ensurethey are informed that tests are being carried out onthe system.
Commissioning computer
It is much easier for the panel and system to be configured froma Commissioning computer, see Programming tool manual.
Zone 'Test' mode
The Zone Test mode is applicable for EN Vigilon 4-loop panel,Vigilon Compact panel and Vigilon Compact VA panel only.
The Zone Test mode may be used when testing devices in azone. It allows the engineer to test zones without having to returnto the panel to silence alarms and reset
While the panel is in the Zone test mode, following a fire eventthe alarm sounds for 5 seconds and then automatically performsthe silence alarm sequence and thereafter a panel reset. Thepanel inhibits the operation of delay block functions, networkfunctions, auxiliary and clean contact relays operation in thismode.
� All zones of the system that are not in test mode willoperate normally.
� To put the control panel in or out of zone test mode.
Press Menu On/Off button and select [Test/Eng].
Select [UserCode] and enter the Engineeringpassword, this need only be done if an Engineering
password is set up. Press <etc> and select [Test] and
select [Zone] and [On] / [Off]. Now enter the zone
number and select [Enter].
'Commission' mode
The Commissioning mode is applicable for BS Vigilon 4-looppanels only.
� The 'Commission' mode may be used when testing thesystem. It allows the engineer to test devices withouthaving to return to the panel to perform silence alarmsand reset. While the panel is in the Commissioningmode, following a fire event the alarm sounds for 5seconds and then automatically performs a silencealarm sequence and thereafter a panel reset. The panelinhibits the operation of delay block functions, networkfunctions, auxiliary and clean contact relays operationin this mode.
� To put the control panel in or out of commissioning
mode. Press Menu On/Off button and select
[Test/Eng]. Select [UserCode] and enter theEngineering password, this need only be done if an
Engineering password is set up. Press <etc> and select
[Commission] and [On] .
� On completion of commissioning, switch Offthe [Commission] mode and notice the Commissionindicator also switches Off.
Fire Sensors
�1. When testing heat sensors DO NOT use a heatgun for the test in a hazardous environment.
2. Recommended test equipment and methods mustbe used to fire test flame detectors off interfaceunits.
4. When smoke testing fire sensors using artificialsmoke, avoid excessive spray to preventaccumulation of sticky residue on sensor, seeinstructions on the smoke canister.
5. The beam sensors should be tested usingobscuration filters to simulate smoke at defaultsensitivity.
The BS5839:Part 1 recommends that all sensors are tested forcorrect operation.
� Unless otherwise instructed all sensors should betested.
� Each sensor should also be checked for any physicalobstacles that would inhibit the operation of the sensorin the event of a fire.
� Where practical, each conventional flame detectoroperating via an interface unit should be functionallytested.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 63
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
Test
Commission
Manual Call Points
� Each call point should be tested for correct initiation ofa fire event.
Interface Units
�1. In some instances it may not be possible tofunctionally test input / output circuits off aninterface unit, such as when it is connected to plantequipment.
2. Ensure the contact rating of interface outputcircuits are adequate for the ancillary equipmentload requirement.
3. Fit a mains voltage warning label where mainssupply is being switched.
Ancillary equipment
� Tests should be carried out following customerconsent. It may also be necessary to obtain third partyconsent.
� All tests on ancillary equipment should have beenagreed during the project design stage.
� The loop powered single channel interfaceoutput is not fault monitored, in this case the output testsare not applicable.
Tests
� Each interface should be tested for the following:
• Battery disconnection*
• Mains supply disconnection*
• Input line open circuit
• Input line short circuit
• Input line detector fire*
• Input line MCP fire*#
• Output line open circuit ~
• Output line short circuit ~
• Output line operation ~
* - not applicable for the loop powered interface units, but inputtests are applicable to loop powered zone module.
# - a fire from a manual call point or detector connected to aloop powered zone module input cannot be differentiated.
~ - the output of the single channel interface operates withsector. The output is a set of voltage free contacts which arenot fault monitored.
Interfaced equipment test
� The external equipment connected to the system via aninterface unit should be tested as per projectspecification.
Keyswitches
� Where the interface unit has a keyswitch door fitted,then the keyswitches should be configured for correctoperation and tested as per project specification.
� Check on operating the keyswitch the adjacent LEDwill be lit.
S Cubed
� The remote control is only operable when thepanel is in the zone Test mode (EN) / Commission mode(BS).
� Depending on the type of S cubed device beingcommissioned check to ensure correct output soundtone, speech message and strobe rate are given. TheS-Cubed devices should have been setup using thecommissioning tool.
� The volume of the sounder S-Cubed device can beadjusted by using a remote control.
� Each S-Cubed should be tested, for correct operation inthe event of fire.
� The sound levels in the areas should be tested inaccordance with the British Standard requirements andto meet the site specific needs as agreed with thecustomer.
Generic Commissioning instructions
64 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
Thinnedsectionon base
3m
-m
axim
um
range
Press the function button to toggle between:
function and note the Red LED flashes x2 every 2 secondsToneVolume function and note the Red LED flashes x1 every 2 seconds
Press the button to increase or to select the next
Press the button to decrease or to select the previous
volume tone
volume tone
+-
Wall S unit3
+-
Red LED
Flash
Steady On
Perform a short press on the Power button to turn Onthe remote control. The Red LED will flash
x1 every 2 seconds
Off
Press and hold the Power button to save the settings and adjustments.The Red LED will remain On whilst the button is held pressed.The data is saved to the unit when the tone/speech on the S unitstops briefly. Release the button on the remote control and theRed LED will switch Off .
3
Note: The strobe light on the S unit if fitted will flash rapidly when the volume is beingadjusted using the remote control.
3
Remote Control
Trouble shootingIf the remote control fails to operate in closeproximity to the thinned section of the Sproduct, then a possible cause may be thebattery. Replace the battery.
3
S-Quad
� The sensor(s) part of the S-Quad must be systemtested, see Testing fire sensors.
� For the Sound and Speech part of the S-Quad ensureeach device outputs the correct signal at theappropriate volume level and ensure the strobeoperates at the required flash rate. All S-Quad devicesin the system should have been setup using thecommissioning tool.
� Each S-Quad should be tested for correct operation inthe event of fire.
� The sound levels in the areas should be tested inaccordance with the British Standard requirements andto meet the site specific needs as agreed with thecustomer.
Sounders
� With the standard alarm sounder it is possible to lowersound levels by shorting link P3 across pins 2-3(adjust). This enables the sound output to be variedusing RV3.
� The sensor sounder and repeat sounderdevices have no sound level adjustment. The sensorsounder has a blue band running around the central outermoulding to ease identification.
� Each sounder should be tested for correct operation inthe event of fire.
� The sound levels in the areas should be tested inaccordance with the British Standard requirements andto meet the site specific needs as agreed with thecustomer.
Auxiliary equipment
� Prior to any functional tests on the system, allauxiliary equipment should be isolated.
Tests
� Tests should be carried out following customerconsent. It may also be necessary to obtain third partyconsent depending on the equipment connected to theauxiliary contacts.
� All these tests on auxiliary equipment should be asagreed during the project design stage.
Repeat panel
Each repeat panel should be tested for the following:
� Cancel Buzzer
� System event messages and indications
� Display of active event log
Mimic Panel
Each Mimic Indicator should be configured and tested for thefollowing:
� To confirm fires are indicated
�1. The power to an A4 mimic display is supplied from theconnected A4 mimic control unit.
2. The fire/fault buzzer in an A4 mimic panel will notoperate if it is disabled. However the panel does providecommon light indication of fire and fault event.
� Battery disconnection
� Mains supply disconnection
Lamp Test
� On an A2 mimic panel is performed by using a testkey.
� On an A4 mimic panel is performed by inserting a2mm pin like object (for example a small terminalscrewdriver) into a hole located on the underside of thepanel enclosure.
Deviations from standards
� The results of system tests carried out must be inaccordance with the relevant standards and projectspecification.
� Any deviations must be documented and reported forapproval.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 65
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Insta
lled
eq
uip
men
tte
sts
Vigilon Compact NetworkA networked fire alarm system can consist of a number of control panels of standalone systems wired together in a secure networkloop. A network loop is achieved by installation of a network card in each Vigilon Compact panel, which facilitates theinterconnection. Each standalone system is first commissioned before being networked. The network commissioning involvessystematic introduction of each standalone system to the network and tests to ensure the network is working. The whole networkedsystem is then configured and tested to ensure it works, with master sectors and global alarms configured to site requirements.
When setting the address switches on the network card ensure the network controller is given the lowest address. A networkcontroller is a panel that can connect to a Supervisor system.
� All panels in a networked system must operate at the same baud rate, normally this is 38.4K where coppernetwork card is used.
Single Network connections
� Each standalone system must first be fully commissioned individually.
� Check that the correct cable is used to wire the network, the installers manual lists all the approved cables.
Generic Commissioning instructions
66 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
side 1
RS485 - 1.2Km
SecureNetwork
side 1
side 1
side 1
side 2
side 2
side 2
side 2
RS23215mmax
Control panelNetwork card (NC)
Graphics &Textual
SupervisorRS485 - 1.2Km
RS485 - 1.2Km
RS485 - 1.2Km
Loop processor card (LPC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Master Control Board (MCB)
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
lN
etw
ork
ca
rd(N
C)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Ma
ste
rC
on
trolB
oa
rd(M
CB
)
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
lN
etw
ork
ca
rd(N
C)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)
Ma
ste
rC
on
trolB
oa
rd(M
CB
)
Control panelNetwork card (NC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Loop processor card (LPC)
Master Control Board (MCB)
Wiring a Copper network
Single network without domain bridge
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 67
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
Node 1Node 3
Node 2
Vigilon CompactControl panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Node 4
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ct
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ct
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Vigilon CompactControl panel
Network Card
Address 4Baud 38.4K
Cable screen
N/CN/C
Cable screen
N/CWhere a multicore cable is beingused ensure the unused cores(cores without signal) areconnected to 0V.
N/C = No connection
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
N/C
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
Connections for Network card inCard 2
Control Panel
L1-0V L1+
PB1B
L2-0V L2+
PB1A
MASTER CONTROL BOARD
The cable screen mustbe connected to an earthterminal in the backbox,as shown.
Network Card baud and node address Switches
� The copper network card is factory set for 38.4K baud with node address 4.
Node address Baud rate
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64 off off off off off off off off 2400
1 on off off off off off on off 9600
2 off on off off off off off on 19.2K
3 on on off off off off on on 38.4K
4 off off on off off off
63 on on on on on on
Address Baud
- factory settings
Powering-up the Network
� Add one panel at a time starting from the network controller (Node 1) at side 1.
� It can take a few minutes for the system map to update.
� For each panel powered-up the network controller will automatically try to establish communication with theconnected equipment.
� The network controller will display the status of the network as being started, secure or non-secure and from now onwill monitor and control the network communications.
� Use disable comms to isolate a panel from the rest of the network, ie it operates at the network card in an echo
mode, select Menu On/Off -> [Control] -> [Disable] -> [Comms] and enter the Network Card number 4.
How to check a Network map
� Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Map] -> [NetMap] menu, enter the network card address, usually 4.The display will provide a list in cabling order the addresses of panels in the networked system.These are examples of different networks. The lowest address ‘1’ has been given to the network controller.
This example shows the network is notsecure
This example shows the network issecure
Generic Commissioning instructions
68 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8On Off
Component side
Map information for Network at card 10Nodes on side 11 9 7 6 5Nodes on side 21 3
Map information for Network at card 10Nodes on side 11 9 7 6 5 3 1Nodes on side 21 3 5 6 7 9 1
How to check Network Card status
Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Status] -> [Card] and enter the network card 10. The display will confirm:
� address of the network card
� address of network controller
� and a set of condition codes
Errors meaning
Parity Parity is incorrect, data corrupted.
Framing 8- bit transmitted incorrectly and the data line does not return to logic 1 at the end of the transmission.
CRC Cyclic redundancy code. When a message consisting of a number of 8 bit transmissions is sent, a calculation iscarried out to check that data corruption has not occurred.
Time outerror
Where an 8 bit transmission block is not fully received, the network card will time out ready to receive the nextmessage. Time out error will also be generated for each parity/ framing error.
Freeblock Free memory blocks available to temporarily store messages waiting to be processed. The maximum number =199, although it may drop as low as 175 - 180 on a highly populated network. A lower value may indicate a higherror value and will require rectification.
Fault Finding
� The communication path in a secure network alternates between end 1 (side 1) and end 2 (side 2) every minute.
� The network will be non secure until the last panel is connected and powered-up.
High errors
� Check cable lengths and type used.
� Check wiring, connections and earthing arrangements.
� Replace network card at point of failure.
� Check the addresses and baud rates of the input output and network cards of the networked panels.
� Check the network cable is correctly earthed to the equipment.
� It may be necessary escalate an investigation to:
• look at the noise voltage between conductors, screen and earth.
� Always reset the Network Card first when rechecking for errors, using [Test/Eng] -> [Card] ->[Reset] ->Network Card 10.
The networked system may now be configured for network commands to be actioned, such as master sectors and global alarms asper site requirement.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 69
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pact
Netw
ork
Card 10 Is OK Fault 0:Disable 0:Warning 0Address (0) Version 4.06 5/7/06Node 3 Controller 1 Baud Rate 38400Condition 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 198 199
Side 2
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 1
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 2
CRC
Side 1
CRC
Side 2 Side 1 Endcommunicating
1 or 2
Freeblock
Check
software
1 error = count of10 but every 1secthe counter isdecremented by 1
Currentmessageerrors
1 error =count of100
Timingerrors
UARTtype
0-Rckwell1-Phillips
2-Phillips SMTOnly appearson Controller
Single Vigilon NetworkA networked fire alarm system can consist of a number of control panels of standalone systems wired together in a secure networkloop. A network loop is achieved by installation of a network card in each panel, which facilitates the interconnection. Eachstandalone system is first commissioned before being networked. The network commissioning involves systematic introduction ofeach standalone system to the network and tests to ensure the network is working. The whole networked system is then configuredand tested to ensure it works, with master sectors and global alarms configured to site requirements.
When setting the address switches on the network card ensure the network controller is given the lowest address. A networkcontroller is a panel that is connected to a Supervisor system.
� All panels in a networked system must operate at the same baud rate, normally this is 38.4K where coppernetwork card is used and 115.2K where Fibre network card is used.
Single Network connections
� Each standalone system must first be fully commissioned individually.
� Check that the correct cable is used to wire the network.
Generic Commissioning instructions
70 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
side 1
RS485 - 1.2KmFibre optics - 2Km
SecureNetwork
side 1
side 1
side 1
side 2
side 2
side 2
side 2
Network card (NC) *
Spare
Local controller card (LCC)
Input output card (IOC)
# - Control panel can be configuredas a terminal node
* - can be copper or fibre network card
RS23215mmax
Ne
two
rkca
rd(N
C)
*
Inputoutp
utcard
(IO
C)
x3
Opt.
Lo
ca
lco
ntr
olle
rca
rd(L
CC
)
Inputoutp
utcard
(IO
C)
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l#Loop processor card (LPC) x 4
Local controller card (LCC)
Input output card (IOC)
Network card (NC) *
Control panel
Lo
op
pro
ce
sso
rca
rd(L
PC
)x
4
Lo
ca
lco
ntro
ller
ca
rd(L
CC
)
Inputoutp
utcard
(IOC
)
Ne
two
rkca
rd(N
C)
*
Co
ntro
lpa
ne
l
Graphics &Textual
Supervisor
Control panel#
RS485 - 1.2KmFibre optics - 2Km
RS485 - 1.2KmFibre optics - 2Km
RS485 - 1.2KmFibre optics - 2Km
Wiring a Copper network
Wiring a Fibre network
Single network without domain bridge
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 71
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
C8
76
54
32
1
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
Side 1(End 1)
P7Rx
P4Tx
P6Rx
P5Tx
P3P2
Links P2 and P3 are booster links.Normally the links are not fitted, however fordistance exceeding 750m the links must be fitted.
RxTx
C8
76
54
32
1
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
P7Rx
P4Tx
P6Rx
P5Tx
P3P2
RxTx
Side 2(End 2)
Side 1(End 1)
Side 2(End 2)
On EN panels, DKC switches setthe Domain address.
IO Card switches must be set to Offposition, The baud and addressswitch settings are now located on DKC
Node 1Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 4Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Control panel
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Node 4
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve |
P10
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
P10
BACKPLANE
Control Panel
Cable screen
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
To Nextpanelor node
Fromprevious
panelor node
Noconnection
Noconnection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve |
Powering-up the Network
� Add one panel at a time starting from the network controller (the panel) at side 1.
� It can take a few minutes for the system map to update.
� For each panel powered-up the network controller will automatically try to establish communication with theconnected equipment.
� The network controller will display the status of the network as being started, secure or non-secure and from now onwill monitor and control the network communications.
� Use disable comms to isolate a panel from the rest of the network, ie it operates at the network card in an echo
mode, select Menu On/Off -> [Control] -> [Disable] -> [Comms] and enter the Network Card usually card 6.
How to check a Network map
� Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Map] -> [NetMap] menu, enter the network card address, usually 6.
The display will provide a list in cabling order the addresses of panels in the networked system.
� These are examples of different networks. The lowest address ‘1’ is normally the network controller.
Nodes on side 1 of a SECURE NETWORK
1 10 4 24 3 6 2 22 7 23 1
Nodes on side 1 of a NON-SECURE NETWORK
1 10 4 24 3 6
Nodes on side 2 of non-secure network
1 23 7 22 2
How to check Network Card status
Using the Menu On/Off -> [Info] -> [Status] -> [Card] and enter the network card address. The display will confirm:
� address of the network card
� address of network controller
� and a set of condition codes
Generic Commissioning instructions
72 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
Card 6 Is OK Fault 0: Warning 0
Network (0) Version 4.xx 30/04/04
Address 5 Controller 5 Baud Rate 38400
condition 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 198 199
Side 2
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 1
Parity/
Framing
error
Side 2
CRC
Side 1
CRC
Side 2 Side 1 Endcommunicating
1 or 2
Freeblock
Check
software
1 error = count of10 but every 1secthe counter isdecremented by 1
Currentmessageerrors
1 error =count of100
Timingerrors
UARTtype
0-Rckwell1-Phillips
2-Phillips SMTOnly appearson Controller
Errors meaning
Parity Parity is incorrect, data corrupted.
Framing 8- bit transmitted incorrectly and the data line does not return to logic 1 at the end of the transmission.
CRC Cyclic redundancy code. When a message consisting of a number of 8 bit transmissions is sent, a calculation iscarried out to check that data corruption has not occurred.
Time outerror
Where an 8 bit transmission block is not fully received, the network card will time out ready to receive the nextmessage. Time out error will also be generated for each parity/ framing error.
Freeblock Free memory blocks available to temporarily store messages waiting to be processed. The maximum number =199, although it may drop as low as 175 - 180 on a highly populated network. A lower value may indicate a higherror value and will require rectification.
Fault Finding
� The communication path in a secure network alternates between end 1 (side 1) and end 2 (side 2) every minute.
� The network will be non secure until the last panel is connected and powered-up.
High errors
� Check cable lengths and type used.
� Check wiring, connections and earthing arrangements.
� Replace network card at point of failure.
� Check the addresses and baud rates of the input output and network cards of the networked panels.
� Check the network cable is correctly earthed to the equipment.
� It may be necessary to escalate an investigation to:
• look at the noise voltage between conductors, screen and earth.
� Always reset the Network Card first when rechecking for errors, using [Test/Eng] -> [Card] ->[Reset] ->Network Card number, normally Card 6.
The networked system may now be configured for network commands to be actioned, such as master sectors and global alarms asper site requirement.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 73
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Sin
gle
Vig
ilo
nN
etw
ork
Multiple Vigilon NetworksDomain Bridge using Input Output card
Two or more Vigilon networks can be connected together at domain bridge IO cards by having a direct RS232 connection, Modems,RS422 Converter unit, Fibre Optics units or NPORT units. This allows the display of events at any control panel in the connectednetworks.
Two networks using Domain bridge IO card
Star network using Domain bridge IO cards
Generic Commissioning instructions
74 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Previous NextPrevious Next
IOCRS232
15m max
DOMAINBRIDGE
Modem
RS4221200m max
Computernetwork
FibreOptics
IOC
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Nextxt
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous NextPrevious Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
DomainBridge
DomainBridge
DomainBridge
Network Node- 4 IOC Cards- 1 Network Card
If remote sites areresidential it is notpermissible to rely ondomain bridge link tocall fire brigade
Domain3
IOCDomain
4
IOCDomain
2
IOC
Domain1
Previous Next
Previous Next
Previous Next
IO domain bridge network switch settings
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 75
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Do
ma
in2
No
de
1
No
de
3
No
de
2
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
lNetwork Card
Address 1Baud 38.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffpositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
2B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
2B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DKCAddress 2Baud 19.2K
Ne
two
rkca
rda
dd
ress
isth
eD
om
ain
Brid
ge
IOC
ard
ad
dre
ss
isth
eN
od
ead
dre
ss
Do
ma
ina
dd
res
s
Bau
dra
tesett
ing
sm
ust
be
set
as
sh
ow
n.
Sw
itch
sett
ing
so
fcard
sin
sid
eE
N54
Vig
ilo
np
an
els
/N
od
es
wh
ere
Do
main
Bri
dg
eIO
Card
isu
sed
ton
etw
ork
fire
syste
ms
Do
ma
inB
rid
ge
Do
ma
in1
IOC
ard
sw
itc
he
sm
us
tb
es
et
toO
ff,
the
se
are
no
wlo
ca
ted
on
the
DK
C.
No
de
1
No
de
3
No
de
2
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d3
8.4
K
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
Network Card
Address 1Baud 38.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
Message routing
Generic Commissioning instructions
76 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
NC
IOCDomainbridge
IOCDomainbridge
LCC
Control panelMessagesfromthe localnetwork
NC
LCC
Control paneleMessages tothe localnetwork
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 2 - Card 6
Domain 3 - Card 6
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
Controlpanel
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 1 - Card 15
Domain 3 - Card 15
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 1,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 2 - Card 15
Domain 3 - Card 1
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2,3
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 3
--------------------------------
Message routing at Card 1
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 2
Thewill accept
from Master group 1 and route messagestovia the (Card 6).
local controller card(Card 0) all messages
domains 2 and 3network card
Messagesfrom otherNetworkDomains
The (Card 6)will accept messagesto and from from Master group 1
viathe (Card 0).
Network cardall
local controller carddomains 2 and 3
The(Card 15) has no need toroute messagesas there is nothing connected.
Domain bridge IO card
Message routing at Card 0
All events - 1
Domain 1 - Card 15
Domain 2 - Card 15
Message routing at Card 6
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: 1,2
Message routing at Card 15
All events - 1
Domain accessed via LCC: None
--------------------------------
IOCDomainbridge
Messagesto otherNetworkDomains
15
1
Domain 2 Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Domain 1
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next Domain 3
IOCDomainbridge
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Domain bridge message passing tests
To check the domain bridge connections and to ensure messages can be passed between networks the following must be done.
Trigger an event in a network, such as a fault.
� Check the event is passed on to the connecting networks and is displayed at the networked control panels.
� Repeat the test at each network to establish message passing between networks.
� Finally back up the cards of the panel including the Network card and IO card to the Memory card. This ensures thepanels of each network knows the location of network controller, ie the domain bridge connection point.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 77
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Domain bridge using Fibre Optic network card
Up to 64 small Vigilon networks can be connected together in a secure loop by using domain bridge fibre optics network card(VIG-NC-DOM-FO), with the card is installed in socket P7 of the backplane. This allows the display of events at any control panel inthe connected networks.
The above diagram shows small fibre network connected together to a network domain. It is equally possible to mix small coppernetworks and small fibre networks together in the manner shown above to a network domain.
Generic Commissioning instructions
78 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Fibre Optics Domain bridge network card( installed in P7 of backplaneVIG-DOM-NC-FO)
Networkdomain bridge
#
#
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
#
#
#
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
#
#
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
CB253
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Fibre opticpatch panel
Fibre patch cable
Fibre opticpatch panel Panel/NodePanel/Node
Tx Tx
RxRx
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT 2004
Designed to EN54 Pt 2 & 4
15:45Fault
System Fault
Delay
Test
Fire
Power
Power Fault Verify
AlarmsSilenced
CB254
Disablement
Sounder
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Previous Next
FO Domain Network switch settings
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 79
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Mu
ltip
leV
igilo
nN
etw
ork
s
Network card address is theIO Card address is the
Node addressDomain address
Baud rate settings must as shown.
The FO Network DOM card switches mustbe set to the domain address
Switch settings of Cardsinside a EN54 Vigilon panelswhere Fibre Optics Network
Card is installedDomain
Bridge
Domain 1
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 1Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
1B
au
d1
9.2
K
Fibre Optics Network domain ring
FO
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d2
30
.4K
Domain3
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 3Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 3Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
3B
au
d1
9.2
K
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
3B
au
d2
30
.4K
Domain 5
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
5B
au
d2
30
.4K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 5Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 5Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DK
CA
dd
ress
5B
au
d1
9.2
K
Domain 6
Node 1
Node 3
Node 2
Control panel
Network Card
Address 2Baud 38.4K
Control panel
Network Card
Address 3Baud 38.4K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
DKCAddress 6Baud 19.2K
DKCAddress 6Baud 19.2K
IO Card
all switches toOff position
Control panel
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
6B
au
d2
30
.4K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
6B
au
d1
9.2
K
Netw
ork
Ca
rdA
dd
ress
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Control panel
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
4B
au
d2
30
.4K
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
4B
au
d1
9.2
K
Domain 4
Control panel
IOC
ard
all
sw
itch
es
toO
ffp
ositio
n
DK
CA
dd
ress
2B
au
d1
9.2
K
FO
Netw
ork
DO
MC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
2B
au
d2
30
.4K
Domain 2
Ne
two
rkC
ard
Ad
dre
ss
1B
au
d3
8.4
K
Appendix A - Menu maps for EN54 Vigilon 4-Looppanel, Vigilon Compact (and VA) panelsThe menu options [Control], [SetUp], [Info] and [Test/Eng] are accessible on pressing the MENU ON/OFF button.
Generic Commissioning instructions
80 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[In
fo]
[Te
st/E
ng
]
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
ab
le]
<etc
>[S
ecto
r][M
Secto
r]
[De
vic
e]
[IO
Lin
e]
<etc
>[S
ecto
r][Z
on
e]
[Gro
up
][A
uxR
ly]
[MS
ecto
r][C
om
ms]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
Pa
ram
s1
-4{
}[D
evic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-1
28
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]
<etc
>
Pa
ram
s1
-2{
}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
<etc
> Pa
ram
s0
-15
{}
[E]
[C]
[Port
]
<etc
>
[Au
xR
ly]
<etc
>[S
ou
nd
er]
[Dig
ital]
[Tim
eslo
t]
[So
un
d]
<etc
>
[Sile
nce
][R
eset]
<etc
>[S
tart
MA
][S
topM
A]
[Use
rCo
de]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
[Lo
op
]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[A
ctio
n]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Off]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sig
1]
[Sig
2]
[Sig
3]
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[A
ctio
n]
Pa
ram
s1
-2{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[E]
[C][Q
]Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[A
ctio
n]
Pa
ram
s1
-4{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[Pu
lse
]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
{}
[De
vic
e]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
[De
lay][
On]
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S{
}[O
n]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Pa
use
][B
uild
]<
etc
>
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
0-3
0s
ec
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-2
55
{}
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sig
1]
[Off]
[Sig
2]
[Sig
3]
[Off]
[Off]
[No
de
][E
][C
][Q
][E
][C
][Q
]
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lsw
ith
MV
4.3
7[
]M
en
um
ap
Co
ntr
ol
CC
/MC
Bso
ftw
are
[E]
[C][Q
]
Ke
y
[E]=
[En
ter]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[Verify
]<
etc
>
Pa
ram
s0
-3{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
ifo
ffif
on
[On][
Q]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Test]
[Q]
[Pa
pe
rF
d]
[Off]
8L
ine
fee
ds
[E]
[C][Q
]
******
PRINTER
TEST
******
!"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGH
IJKLMNOPQRSRUVWXYZ[=]^-`abcdefghijklmnop
qrstuvwxyz{|}
[Printe
r]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
[Bu
ild]
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[E
][C
][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]
[MA
larm
]
[E]
[C][Q
]
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[De
layB
lk]
Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
[De
laye
d]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
MM
:SS
0-1
0m
in{
}
[En
d]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sto
p]
No
pa
ss
wo
rdre
qu
ire
d
[Au
dio
]
Se
eC
on
tro
lm
en
um
ap
2-1
[Au
dio
]
Se
eC
on
tro
lm
en
um
ap
2-2
[E]
[Fro
m]
[C][
Q]
[Sig
1]
[Sig
2]
[Sig
1]
[E]
[Fro
m]
[C][
Q]
#
#-
Me
nu
op
tio
ns
will
sh
ow
ifth
ep
rin
ter
isfitt
ed
[Off]
[Off]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 81
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Au
dio
]
Co
ntr
ol
me
nu
ma
p2
-2
[Au
dio
]
Co
ntr
ol
me
nu
ma
p2
-1
Vig
ilon
Co
mpa
ctV
oic
eA
larm
pa
ne
lw
ith
V4
.32
MC
Bso
ftw
are
[Co
ntr
ol]
Me
nu
ma
p2
-1a
nd
2-2
[Music
]
[Me
ssa
ge
]
[Me
ssa
ge
][A
ux
Msg
][A
lmM
sg
][M
icro
ph
on
e]
Pa
ram
s0
-31
{}
[Off]
[On]
[E]
[C][Q
]
<etc
>
[Alm
Zo
ne
]P
ara
ms
0-3
1{
}
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-1
0{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Off]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
Pa
ram
s1
-10
{}
<etc
>
[Off]
[On]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-1
0{
}
[PA
]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Music
][P
er
Msg
]K
ey
[E]=
[En
ter]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[PA
]
[Off]
[On]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-1
0{
}
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(ac
ce
ss
lev
el2
)p
as
sw
ord
.
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rE
ng
ine
er
(ac
ce
ss
lev
el3
)p
as
sw
ord
.
[Op
tio
n]
Th
isfu
nc
tio
nw
illo
nly
be
dis
pla
ye
da
ta
cc
es
sle
ve
l3
wit
hF
ree
blo
ck
sO
n
Me
ss
ag
e
To
ne
Generic Commissioning instructions
82 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[Info
][T
est/
Eng]
<e
tc>
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Pro
tect]
[Re
mo
ve
][B
acku
p]
[Re
co
ve
r]<
etc
><
etc
>[S
etC
lock]
[Ne
xt]
[Re
tard
][A
dva
nce
][E
nte
r]
[Assig
n]
[Mo
dify]
[En
ter]
<etc
>[S
et
Up
]
{}
[La
be
l]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[MC
P]
[IO
Lin
e]
[De
vic
e]
<e
tc>
[Zo
ne
][L
oca
l]<
etc
>
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4
[De
actio
n]
[NV
M]
[C]
[Q]
[E]
[En
][D
is]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
<e
tc>
En
ter
La
be
l
[Pe
rio
d]
[Sig
na
l1
][S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]<
etc
><
etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[So
un
de
r][O
utp
ut]
En
ter
up
to8
FA
B/S
AB
pa
irs
[Actio
n]
Se
eS
etu
pm
en
um
ap
3S
ee
Se
tup
me
nu
ma
p2
-1
[So
un
d]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Lo
op
]
[Actio
n]
[Se
cto
r]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[MA
larm
][B
uzze
r]
[No
Actio
n]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Dis
ab
le]
/[E
na
ble
] {}
Pa
ram
s1
-2s [C
] [Q
][E
][C
] [Q
][E
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[No
Actio
n]
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
V4
.37
[]
Me
nu
ma
p1
Se
tU
p
#[S
av
e]
#[S
av
e]
op
tio
nw
ill
on
lya
pp
ea
ru
nd
er
cu
sto
me
rp
as
sw
ord
toa
llo
ws
av
ing
of
lab
els
an
dclo
ck
sett
ing
s
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[Cu
sto
m]
En
ter
La
be
l
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[SD
Ca
rd] *
[NV
M]
*-
[SD
Ca
rd]
op
tio
nis
for
Vig
ilo
nC
om
pa
ct
pa
ne
lo
nly
wh
en
SD
Ca
rdis
fitt
ed
Se
eS
etu
pm
en
um
ap
2-2
[Ma
nF
ire
]<
etc
>[M
CP
][A
uto
Fire
]
[Op
tio
n]
Th
es
eo
pti
on
sa
rea
cc
es
sib
lew
ith
fre
eb
loc
ks
wit
ch
ed
On
[C] [
Q]
[E]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 83
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Re
mo
ve
][A
ssig
n]
[De
vic
e]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
are
on
lya
pp
lica
ble
wh
en
an
etw
ork
ca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
l.
Ke
y
[E]
=[E
nte
r]
[C]
=[C
an
ce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[MC
P]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[IO
Lin
e]
<etc
><
etc
>[M
Ala
rm]
<etc
>
{}
[Secto
r]P
ara
ms
1-8
[Zo
ne
][G
rou
p]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4
{}
[Lo
op
]P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[Secto
r]
[Secto
r]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Lo
op
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[Gro
up
]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-12
8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[MG
rou
p]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[C
] [Q
][E
]
[AuxR
ly]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
V4
.37
[]
Me
nu
ma
p2
Se
tU
p
[Bu
ild]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[S
ou
nd
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sile
nce
][R
eset]
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
[De
layB
lk]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
Se
tup
me
nu
ma
p2
-1
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
[Alm
Zo
ne
]
Ap
plic
ab
lefo
rV
igilo
nC
om
pa
ct
VA
on
ly
[Secto
r]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
[Secto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-8
[De
layB
lk]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
6[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Sig
na
l1]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[MS
ecto
r]
[MS
ecto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
<etc
>[A
uxR
ly]
[Secto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Fault]
[Dis
ab
le]
<etc
>
[Sig
na
l1]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[De
layB
lk]
[Secto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
6
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[De
layB
lk]
[De
actio
n]
[Actio
n]S
etu
pm
en
um
ap
2-2
Generic Commissioning instructions
84 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Bu
ild]
<e
tc>
[Au
xR
ly] Se
eS
etU
pM
en
um
ap
4{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[Tim
eS
lot]
[Da
y]
[Tim
eB
lok]
[En
ab
le]
{}
[Dis
ab
le]
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S
{}
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S[C
][Q
][E
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Se
tU
p]
[Zo
ne
]<
etc
>[M
essa
ge
s]
[Glo
ba
l][S
ecto
r]<
etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Lo
op
]
[On]
[Off]
[So
un
de
r]
Se
eS
etU
pm
en
uM
ap
4
<e
tc>
[DS
T]
[De
vic
e]
{}
[De
laye
d]
Pa
ram
s1
-2
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
min
MM
:SS
[Off] [C
] [Q
][E
]
[On
]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{} [
Sta
te]
en
ab
le
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Sta
te]
dis
ab
le
[Tim
eB
lok]
[SA
FE
] [C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-25
5
[Mo
n][T
ue
][W
ed
]<
etc
>[T
hu
][F
ri][S
at]
<e
tc>
[Su
n]
[An
d]
[Or]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[SC
ub
ed
]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Vo
lum
e]
[So
ftS
t]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Fin
dD
ev]
[Sig
na
l3]
[Ste
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
0
[Sig
na
l]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
6-1
00
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-25
5
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
0[C
][Q
][E
]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
[Dis
ab
le]
[Sta
rt]
[En
d]
[En
ab
le] [C
] [Q
][E
]
01
:00
02
5-3
13
10
(HH
:MM
Da
yD
ate
1-
Da
te2
mo
nth
offse
ts)
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sile
nce
][S
ou
nd
][R
ese
t]
[Ou
tpu
t][B
oth
][N
on
e]
[In
pu
t] {}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Ve
rify
]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V4
.37
[]M
en
um
ap
3S
et
Up
Co
mm
an
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[O
utp
ut]
[Fire
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lin
k]
[Un
link]
[All]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8[C
][Q
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Ou
tpu
t]
[Fire
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lin
k]
[Un
link]
[All]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Ca
rd]
[Ve
rify
] [C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
min
MM
:SS
[De
layB
lk]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
<e
tc>
[Off]
[No
Actio
n]
<e
tc>
[Actio
n]
[De
laye
d]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
sM
M:S
S0
-10
min
Se
tu
pm
en
um
ap
3
Vo
ice
/To
ne
nu
mb
er
[Off]
[MG
rou
p]
[Au
toZ
on
e]
[Ma
nZ
on
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
[E]
[Fro
m]
[C]
[Q]
[E]
[C]
[Q]
[Sig
1]
[Sig
2]
[Sig
3]
[E]
[Fro
m]
[C]
[Q]
[Sig
1]
[Sig
2]
[Sig
1]
[E]
[Fro
m]
[C]
[Q]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 85
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Bu
ild]
[Actio
n]
[La
be
l]
Ke
y
[E]=
[Ente
r]
[C]
=[C
an
ce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[Trig
ge
r]
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
[IO
Lin
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-48
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
[Tim
eB
lk]
[Secto
r]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8[M
od
e]
[Zo
ne
][1
stD
ev]
[AllD
ev]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Tim
eB
lok]
[Task]
[Trig
ge
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-8
[Sensors
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Re
mo
ve
]
<etc
>[M
Secto
r][C
ha
nn
el]
[No
ne
]<
etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
5
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-6
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Zo
ne
]
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
[Pre
Fires]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
[Fires]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
[Sta
rtM
A]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sto
pM
A]
[No
Actio
n]
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Dis
pla
y]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[No
ne
]
En
ter
text
tob
ed
isp
layed
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Re
ve
rsb
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[No
tR
evs]
Access
tow
hole
of
[Co
ntr
ol]
me
nu
[C] [
Q]
[E]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
V4
.37
[Se
tU
p]
Me
nu
ma
p4
Co
mm
an
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
[Print]
[Bo
th]
Se
tu
pm
en
um
ap
4-1
Se
tu
pm
en
um
ap
4-2
[Su
pe
rFire
s]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
Generic Commissioning instructions
86 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[Info
][T
est/E
ng]
<etc
>[A
ctive]
Ke
y
[E]=
[Ente
r]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[His
toric]
[Events
][L
ab
el]
[Use
rCo
de
][T
ime
Avg
][S
tatu
s]
[Ma
p]
<etc
>
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
No
de
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
[C]
[Q]
[Fault]
[Wa
rnin
g]
[Superv
is]
[Exce
ptio
n]
[His
tFire]
<etc
>
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[N] [
Q]
[P]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[N][
Q]
[P]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Active]
[N] [
Q]
[P]
[Lo
g]
[Ca
rd]
[E]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[C
] [Q
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
0[C
] [Q
]
{}
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[MC
P]
[IO
Lin
e]
[De
vic
e]
<etc
>[Z
on
e]
[Lo
ca
l]<
etc
>
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4[C
][Q
][E
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-6
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C][
Q]
[E] [N
][C
][P
][R
]
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
~-
will
on
lya
pp
ea
rif
an
etw
ork
ca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
l{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Ne
tM
ap
]~
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C][Q
][E
]
<etc
>
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
[Secto
r]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Ca
rd]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[No
de
][C
]{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8[Zo
ne
][G
rou
p]
[Netw
ork
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[SectL
ink]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
][De
layL
ink]
<etc
>
[So
un
de
rs]
De
fau
ltS
ig1
65
00
65
00
65
00
65
00
10
Sig
24
F2
54
F2
54
F2
54
F2
51
5S
ig3
4F
00
4F
00
4F
00
4F
00
15
[Sta
rt]
[Co
nfig
]
<etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
[Q]
[E]
<etc
>
[Dis
pla
y]
[Print]
Th
ese
op
tio
ns
will
on
lya
pp
ea
rif
an
exte
rna
lp
rin
ter
isfitt
ed
an
dth
ep
rin
ter
issw
itch
ed
On
(se
eC
on
tro
lm
en
us).
[Lo
op
Ma
p]
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
V4
.37
[]M
en
um
ap
Info
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[Tim
eS
lot]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-2
[AuxR
ly]
<etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[SD
Ca
rd] * [C
] [Q
][E
]
[De
layB
lk]
Co
mm
an
ds
are
accessib
leu
nd
er
cu
sto
mer
(level2)
passw
ord
No
pa
ss
wo
rdre
qu
ire
d
[Test]
[E][C
ard
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[Au
dio
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
[Alm
Zo
ne
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
Au
dio
Co
ntr
ol
Mu
sic
Off
Mic
rop
ho
ne
To
ne
2A
ux
Msg
2,9
2,1
02
,14
PA
To
ne
2P
AA
lmZ
on
eA
:1
Mu
sic
Tim
eB
lock:0
Mu
sic
Alm
Zo
ne
:1
PA
Alm
Zo
ne
B:1
Ap
plic
ab
lefo
rV
igilo
nC
om
pa
ctV
Ao
nly
[Dis
ab
le]
[Glo
ba
l]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Me
ssa
ge
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Ca
rd]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
<etc
>[M
Gro
up
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[MS
ecto
r][M
SLin
k]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[DS
T]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>{}
Pa
ram
s1
-2[C
] [Q
][E
][Bu
ild]
*-
[SD
Card
]o
pti
on
isfo
rV
igilo
nC
om
pact
pa
nelo
nly
wh
en
SD
Card
isfi
tted
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 87
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[Info
][T
est/E
ng]
<etc
>
[Dis
pTest]
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Co
nfig
][L
oo
p]
[Ca
rd]
[Test]
<etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Dis
ab
le]
[E]
[N]
[C]
[P]
[Fault]
[Exce
ptio
n]
[All]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[E]
<etc
>[C
lea
r][N
ew
Pa
ss]
[Zo
ne
][B
uzzer]
[La
ng
ua
ge
]<
etc
>[D
isp
lay]^
En
ter
an
acce
ss
co
de
[Dis
ab
le]
[Fault]
[Su
pe
rvis
][F
ire]
[Off/O
n] [C
] [Q
][E
]
[Sensors
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
28
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[AllD
ev]
En
glish
-E
spa
no
l-
Po
rtu
gu
es
-C
ze
ch
oslo
va
kia
n-
Bra
zili
an
[N] [
E]
[P]
[N]
[P]
[E]
Ra
ng
e0
-31
15
-de
fau
lt
[Co
mm
issn
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[On/O
ff]
[PS
U]
Mns
DC
Bt1
BC
1B
t2B
C2
MA
1M
A2
Ear
Lpv
21
41
41
20
62
06
00
74
74
60
22
12
06
13
82
00
20
30
07
47
46
51
97
[R]
[Q]
Vig
ion
[Pre
vio
us]
[Next]
[E]
Off
Co
ntr
olle
rC
ard
1to
15
[Fre
eB
lok]
[De
layb
lk]
[Off]
^- T
his
op
tio
nis
on
lyap
plicab
lefo
rn
ew
pan
els
[La
be
l]lo
ng
lab
els
[C] [
Q]
[E][O
n]
[Off]
[Contr
ast]
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MV
4.3
7[
]M
en
um
ap
1Te
st/
En
gC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
Co
mm
an
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[Ne
two
rk]*
[Da
talo
g]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[On]
[Off]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[No
Re
se
t][N
oS
ilen
ce
]see
Test/E
ng
me
nu
ma
p2
-1[C
om
ms]
[Ro
utin
g]
<etc
><
etc
>
En
ter
me
ssa
ge
tob
ed
isp
laye
d
[En
ter]
[Do
ma
in]
[1]
[Bo
th]
[2]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[On/O
ff]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[Me
ssa
ge
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[En
ter]
[Do
ma
in]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[Rem
ote
]+[T
est]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[On]
[No
Re
se
t][N
oS
ilen
ce
]
[Bu
ild]
<etc
>[B
ypass]
[On]
[Off]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Zo
ne
]
[Fla
sh
ing
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[Off]
[On]
<etc
><
etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Init]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Reset]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Up
da
te]#
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[NV
MC
ard
][S
DC
ard
]#
[Off]
[Zo
ne
][D
evic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-12
8[C
] [Q
][E
]{
}P
ara
ms
0-2
00
[Op
tio
n]
Th
ese
op
tio
ns
are
accessib
lew
ith
freeb
lock
sw
itch
ed
On
[Com
ms]
see
Test/E
ng
me
nu
ma
p2
-2
<etc
>[D
ela
y]
[Co
-in
cid
]
[Zo
ne
][G
rou
p]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
sM
M-S
S0
-10
<etc
>
[Glo
ba
l]
#-
Th
iso
pti
on
iso
nly
ap
plicab
lefo
rV
igilo
nC
om
pact
wit
hS
Dcard
fitt
ed
Vig
ion
Co
mpa
ct
+- T
his
op
tio
nis
no
tap
plicab
lefo
rV
igilo
nC
om
pact
No
te:B
t2a
nd
BC
2a
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lefo
rV
ig1
-72
[Ca
rd]
[Port
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
Dis
pla
ye
do
nV
IG1
-24
&V
IG1
-72
:'V
igilo
nP
SU
V1
.00
20
/08
/06
'D
isp
laye
do
nV
igilo
nC
om
pa
ct:'V
igC
om
pa
ctV
2.0
22
4/1
0/0
6'
Generic Commissioning instructions
88 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
s
[Lo
op
]
[Allo
ca
te]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
[Fin
dD
ev]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[S
tart
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[C
][Q
][E
]
[Ga
in]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-7
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-63
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Fla
me
][B
ea
m]
[Au
toG
ain
] [Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Alig
n]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[D
evic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
[Sim
ula
te]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-6[D
evic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Op
tio
n]
Th
es
eo
pti
on
sa
rea
cc
es
sib
lew
ith
fre
eb
loc
ks
wit
ch
ed
On
[Re
pa
ir] [L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
EN
Vig
ilon
pa
ne
lw
ith
MV
4.3
7[
]M
en
um
ap
2Te
st/
En
gC
C/M
CB
so
ftw
are
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[Fire]
[Pre
Fire]
[Su
pF
ire
]
Te
st/
En
gm
en
um
ap
2-2
[Co
mm
s]
[Ad
dre
ss]
[Do
ma
in]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Ca
rd] [C
] [Q
][E
]{
}P
ara
ms
0-1
5
for
oth
er
ca
rds
Ca
rd0
(MC
C/M
CB
)
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3P
OR
T[P
] [E
][N
]
[P] [
E]
[N]
[Mo
de
][B
au
d]
RS
48
5P
ort
0-
Rp
t-
Off
RS
23
2P
ort
1R
S2
32
Po
rt2
US
BP
ort
3-
Std
-O
ff
As
Sw
itch
es
50 ! 60
0P
ort
01
80
02
40
03
60
04
80
07
20
0-
Po
rt1
19
20
0
57
60
011
52
00
23
04
00
12
00
96
00
38
40
0-
Po
rt1
&2
Std
-A
sco
m-
Prin
ter
Un
ive
rsa
l-
Off
RS
23
2P
ort
0-
Re
pe
at
RS
48
5P
ort
1-
Std
MC
B
MC
C
Te
st/
En
gm
en
um
ap
2-1
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rE
N54
Vig
ilo
n4-L
oo
pp
an
el,
Appendix A - Menu maps for BS version 3+ Vigilon4-Loop panelsThe menu options [Control], [SetUp], [Info] and [Test/Eng] are accessible on pressing the MENU ON/OFF button.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 89
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[In
fo]
[Te
st/E
ng
]
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
ab
le]
<e
tc>
[Se
cto
r][M
Se
cto
r]
[De
vic
e]
[IO
Lin
e]
<e
tc>
[Se
cto
r][Z
on
e]
[Gro
up
][A
uxR
ly]
[MS
ecto
r][C
om
ms]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
Pa
ram
s1
-4{
}[D
evic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-1
28
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]
<e
tc>
Pa
ram
s1
-2{
}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
<e
tc> P
ara
ms
0-1
5{
}[E
][C
][P
ort
]
<e
tc>
[Au
xR
ly]
<e
tc>
[So
un
de
r][D
igita
l][T
ime
slo
t]
[So
un
d]
<e
tc>
[Sile
nce
][R
ese
t]<
etc
>[S
tart
MA
][S
top
MA
][U
se
rCo
de
]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
[Lo
op
]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[A
ctio
n]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Off]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sig
na
l1]
[All]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[A
ctio
n]
Pa
ram
s1
-2{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[E]
[C][Q
]Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
Pa
ram
s1
-8{
}[A
ctio
n]
Pa
ram
s1
-4{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[Pu
lse
]
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
{}
[De
vic
e]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{
}[L
oo
p]Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
[De
lay][
On]
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S{
}[O
n]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Pa
use
][B
uild
]<
etc
>
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
0-3
0s
ec
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[O
n]
[Off]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-2
55
{}
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Off]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[Off]
[Off]
[No
de
][E
][C
][Q
]
[E]
[C][Q
]
BS
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MV
3.9
2xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
Co
ntr
ol
CC
so
ftw
are
[E]
[C][Q
]
Ke
y
[E]=
[En
ter]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[Ve
rify
]<
etc
>
Pa
ram
s0
-3{
}[E
][C
][Q
]
ifo
ffif
on
[On][
Q]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Test]
[Q]
[Pa
pe
rF
d]
[Off]
8L
ine
fee
ds
[E]
[C][Q
]
******
PR
IN
TE
RT
ES
T******
!"#$%&'()*+,-./0123456789:;<=>?@ABCDEFGH
IJKLMNOPQRSRUVWXYZ[=]^-`abcdefghijklmnop
qrstuvwxyz{|}
[Prin
ter]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
[Bu
ild]
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5{
}[E
][C
][Q
]P
ara
ms
1-8
{}[
E]
[C][Q
]
[MA
larm
]
[E]
[C][Q
]
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[De
layB
lk]
Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
[De
laye
d]
[E]
[C][Q
]P
ara
ms
MM
:SS
0-1
0m
in{
}
[En
d]
[E]
[C][Q
]
[Sto
p]
No
pa
ss
wo
rdre
qu
ire
d
Generic Commissioning instructions
90 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[Info
][T
est/
Eng]
<e
tc>
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Pro
tect]
[Re
mo
ve
][B
acku
p]
[Re
co
ve
r]<
etc
><
etc
>[S
etC
lock]
[Ne
xt]
[Re
tard
][A
dva
nce
][E
nte
r]
[Assig
n]
[Mo
dify]
[En
ter]
<etc
>[S
etU
p]
{}
[La
be
l]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[MC
P]
[IO
Lin
e]
[De
vic
e]
<e
tc>
[Gro
up
][L
oca
l]<
etc
>
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
[De
actio
n]
[NV
M]
[C]
[Q]
[E]
[En
][D
is]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
Ke
y
[E]=
[Ente
r]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
<e
tc>
En
ter
La
be
l
[Pe
rio
d]
[Sig
na
l1
][S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]<
etc
><
etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[So
un
de
r][O
utp
ut]
En
ter
up
to8
FA
B/S
AB
pa
irs
[Actio
n]
Se
eS
etu
pm
en
um
ap
3S
ee
Se
tup
me
nu
ma
p2
[So
un
d]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Lo
op
]
[Actio
n]
[Se
cto
r]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[MA
larm
][B
uzze
r]
[No
Actio
n]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Dis
ab
le]
/[E
na
ble
] {}
Pa
ram
s1
-2s
[Se
cto
r]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
[Se
cto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-8
[De
layB
lk]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
[MS
ecto
r]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sig
na
l1]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[MS
ecto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
<e
tc>
[Au
xR
ly]
[Se
cto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Fa
ult]
[Dis
ab
le]
<e
tc>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[No
Actio
n]
[Sig
na
l1]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[S
ign
al2
][S
ign
al3
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
BS
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V3
.92
xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
1S
et
Up
#[S
av
e]
#[S
av
e]
op
tio
nw
illo
nly
ap
pe
ar
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
pa
ss
wo
rdto
all
ow
sa
vin
go
fla
be
lsa
nd
clo
ck
se
ttin
gs
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
No
pa
ss
wo
rdre
qu
ire
d
[De
layB
lk]
[Se
cto
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
6
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[De
layB
lk]
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 91
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Re
mo
ve
][A
ssig
n]
[De
vic
e]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
are
on
lya
pp
lica
ble
wh
en
an
etw
ork
ca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
l.
Ke
y
[E]=
[En
ter]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[MC
P]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[IO
Lin
e]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
[MA
larm
]<
etc
>
{}
[Se
cto
r]P
ara
ms
1-8
[Zo
ne
][G
rou
p]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4
{}
[Lo
op
]P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[Se
cto
r]
[Se
cto
r]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Lo
op
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[Gro
up
]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-12
8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[MG
rou
p]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Au
xR
ly]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
BS
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V3
.92
xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
2S
et
Up
[Bu
ild]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[S
ou
nd
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sile
nce
][R
ese
t]
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
[De
layB
lk]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[MS
ecto
r]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
fro
mse
tup
me
nu
ma
p1
Generic Commissioning instructions
92 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Bu
ild]
<e
tc>
[Au
xR
ly]
Se
eS
etU
pM
en
um
ap
4
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[Tim
eS
lot]
[Da
y]
[Tim
eB
lok]
[En
ab
le]
{}
[Dis
ab
le]
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S
{}
Pa
ram
sH
H:M
M:S
S[C
][Q
][E
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sile
nce
][S
ou
nd
][R
ese
t]
[Ou
tpu
t][B
oth
][N
on
e]
[In
pu
t] {}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Se
tU
p]
[Gro
up
]<
etc
>[M
essa
ge
s]
[Glo
ba
l][S
ecto
r]<
etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[Lo
op
]
[On]
[Off]
[So
un
de
r]
Se
eS
etU
pm
en
uM
ap
4
<e
tc>
[DS
T]
[Dis
ab
le]
[Sta
rt]
[En
d]
[En
ab
le] [C
] [Q
][E
]
01
:00
02
5-3
13
10
(HH
:MM
Da
yD
ate
1-
Da
te2
mo
nth
offse
ts)
[De
vic
e]
{}
[De
laye
d]
Pa
ram
s1
-2
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
min
MM
:SS
[Off] [C
] [Q
][E
]
[On]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{} [
Sta
te]
en
ab
le
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Sta
te]
dis
ab
le
[Tim
eB
lok]
[SA
FE
] [C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-25
5
[Mo
n][T
ue
][W
ed
]<
etc
>[T
hu
][F
ri][S
at]
<e
tc>
[Su
n]
[An
d]
[Or]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[SC
ub
ed
]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Vo
lum
e]
[So
ftS
t]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Fin
dD
ev]
[Sig
na
l3]
[Ste
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
0
[Sig
na
l]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
6-1
00
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-25
5
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
0[C
][Q
][E
]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
[Ve
rify
]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V3
.92
xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
3S
et
Up
Co
mm
an
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Ou
tpu
t]
[Fire
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lin
k]
[Un
link]
[All]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[De
vic
e]
[Ca
rd]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[O
utp
ut]
[Fire
] [C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lin
k]
[Un
link]
[All]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Ve
rify
] [C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-10
min
MM
:SS
[De
layB
lk]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
<e
tc>
[Off]
[No
Actio
n]
<e
tc>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sig
na
l1]
[Sig
na
l2]
[Sig
na
l3]
[All]
[Actio
n]
[De
laye
d]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
sM
M:S
S0
-10
min
Fro
mse
tu
pm
en
um
ap
1
[Off]
An
um
be
rd
efin
es
the
ton
ea
nd
me
ssa
ge
for
asig
na
l
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 93
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Bu
ild]
[Actio
n]
[La
be
l]
Ke
y
[E]=
[Ente
r]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[Trig
ge
r]
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
[IO
Lin
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-48
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
[Tim
eB
lk]
[Se
cto
r]
[C][
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8[M
od
e]
[Gro
up
][1
stD
ev]
[AllD
ev]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Tim
eB
lok]
[Ta
sk]
[Trig
ge
r]{
}P
ara
ms
1-8
[Se
nso
rs]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Re
mo
ve
]
<e
tc>
[MS
ecto
r][C
ha
nn
el]
[No
ne
]<
etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-1
5
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-6
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Gro
up
]
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
[Pre
Fire
s]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
[Fire
s]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3
[Sta
rtM
A]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Sto
pM
A]
[No
Actio
n]
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Dis
pla
y]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[No
ne
]
En
ter
tex
tto
be
dis
pla
ye
d
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Re
ve
rsb
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[No
tR
evs]
Acce
ss
tow
ho
leo
f[C
on
tro
l]m
en
u
[C] [
Q]
[E]
NO
TE
:T
he
Ne
two
rkco
mm
an
ds
su
ch
as
Ma
ste
rS
ecto
r,M
aste
rG
rou
pa
reo
nly
ap
plic
ab
lew
he
na
ne
two
rkca
rdis
fitt
ed
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
la
nd
Ne
two
rkn
od
e.
BS
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V3
.92
xx/0
8/0
5[S
etU
p]M
en
um
ap
4C
om
man
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
[Prin
t][B
oth
]
Fro
mse
tu
pm
en
um
ap
1
Fro
mse
tu
pm
en
um
ap
1
Generic Commissioning instructions
94 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[In
fo]
[Te
st/
En
g]
<etc
>[A
ctive]
Ke
y
[E]=
[En
ter]
[C]=
[Ca
nce
l]
[Q]=
[Quit]
[En
]=
[En
ab
le]
[Dis
]=
[Dis
ab
le]
[His
toric]
[Eve
nts
][L
ab
el]
[Use
rCo
de
][T
ime
Avg
][S
tatu
s]
[Ma
p]
<etc
>
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
No
de
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
55
[C]
[Q]
[Fault]
[Wa
rnin
g]
[Su
pe
rvis
][S
ubF
ault]
[His
tFire]
<etc
>
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[N] [
Q]
[P]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[E]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[N][
Q]
[P]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Active]
[N] [
Q]
[P]
[Lo
g]
[Ca
rd]
[E]
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5[C
] [Q
]
Se
e
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-10
0[C
] [Q
]
{}
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[MC
P]
[IO
Lin
e]
[De
vic
e]
<etc
>[G
rou
p]
[Lo
ca
l]<
etc
>
[Lo
op
]
[De
vic
e]
Pa
ram
s1
-8
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7{}
Pa
ram
s1
-4[C
][Q
][E
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-6
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C][
Q]
[E] [N
][C
][P
][R
]
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
*-
will
on
lya
pp
ea
rif
anetw
ork
card
isfitted
inth
eco
ntr
olpa
ne
l{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Ne
tM
ap
]*
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[C][Q
][E
]
<etc
>
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-3
2
[Secto
r]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15[C
ard
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C][
Q]
[E]
[No
de
][C
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8[Zo
ne
][G
rou
p]
[MG
rou
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-32
[SectL
ink]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
][De
layL
ink]
<etc
>[S
ou
nd
ers
]
De
fau
ltS
ig1
65
00
65
00
65
00
65
00
10
Sig
24
F2
54
F2
54
F2
54
F2
51
5S
ig3
4F
00
4F
00
4F
00
4F
00
15
[Sta
rt]
[Co
nfig
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-16
[Tim
eS
lot]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-2
[Au
xR
ly]
<etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Me
ssa
ge
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[Bu
ild]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[MS
ecto
r][M
SL
ink]
<etc
>[G
lob
al]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
[Q]
[E]
[DS
T]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
>
[Dis
pla
y]
[Prin
t]
Th
ese
op
tio
ns
will
on
lya
pp
ea
rif
an
exte
rna
lp
rin
ter
isfitt
ed
an
dth
ep
rin
ter
issw
itch
ed
On
(se
eC
on
tro
lm
en
us).
[Lo
op
Ma
p]
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MC
Cso
ftw
are
V3
.92
xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
Info
[De
layB
lk]
[Ca
rd]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
[De
vic
e]
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
No
pa
ss
wo
rdre
qu
ire
d
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
[Test]
[E][C
ard
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[No
de
]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 95
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[In
fo]
[Te
st/
En
g]
<e
tc>
[Dis
pTe
st]
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Co
nfig
][L
oo
p]
[Ca
rd]
[Test]
<e
tc>
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[In
itN
VM
]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[Wa
rnin
g]
[E]
[N]
[C]
[P]
[Fa
ult]
[Su
bF
au
lt]
[All]
[Ca
rd]
[No
de
][E
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[E]
<e
tc>
[Cle
ar]
[Co
mm
s]
[Ne
wP
ass]
[Gro
up
][B
uzze
r][L
an
gu
ag
e]
<etc
>[D
isp
lay]
En
ter
an
acce
ss
co
de
[Wa
rnin
g][F
au
lt]
[Su
pe
rvis
][F
ire
]
[Off/O
n] [C
] [Q
][E
]
[Se
nso
rs]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-12
8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[AllD
ev]
En
glish
-E
spa
no
l-
Po
rtu
gu
es
-C
ze
ch
oslo
va
kia
n-
Bra
zili
an
[N] [
E]
[P]
[Ca
rd]
[Ad
dre
ss]
[Do
ma
in]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[P] [
E]
[N]
[N]
[P]
[E]
Ra
ng
e0
-31
15
-de
fau
lt
[Co
mm
issn
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[On/O
ff]
[PS
U]
Mn
sD
CB
t1B
C1
Bt2
BC
2M
A1
MA
2E
ar
Lp
v2
14
14
12
06
20
60
07
47
46
02
21
[R]
[Q]
Co
ntr
olpa
ne
l
[Pre
vio
us]
[Ne
xt]
[E]
Off
Co
ntr
olle
rC
ard
1to
15
[Fre
eB
lok]
[Re
se
t]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[De
layb
lk]
[Off]
[Op
tio
n]
Th
es
eo
pti
on
sa
rea
cc
es
sib
lew
ith
fre
eb
loc
ks
wit
ch
ed
On
for
oth
er
ca
rds
for
Ca
rd0
(MC
C)
[Mo
de
][B
au
d]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-3P
OR
T[P
] [E
][N
]
[La
be
l]lo
ng
lab
els
[C] [
Q]
[E][O
n]
[Off]
[Co
ntr
ast]
RS
23
2P
ort
0-
Std
RS
48
5P
ort
1-
Std
As
Sw
itch
es
50 ! 60
0P
ort
01
80
02
40
03
60
04
80
07
20
0-
19
20
03
84
00
57
60
011
52
00
23
04
00
12
00
96
00
Po
rt1
&2
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MV
3.9
2xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
1Test/
En
gC
Cso
ftw
are
Co
mm
an
ds
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
re
ng
ine
er
(le
ve
l3
)p
as
sw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[Ne
two
rk]
[Da
talo
g]
[C][
Q]
[E][O
n]
[Off]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-15
[No
Re
se
t][N
oS
ilen
ce
]se
eTe
st/
En
gm
en
um
ap
2[M
essa
ge
][C
om
ms]
[Glo
ba
l]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[En
ter]
<e
tc>
<e
tc>
[Do
ma
in]
En
ter
me
ssa
ge
tob
ed
isp
laye
d
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-25
5
[En
ter]
[Do
ma
in]
[1]
[Bo
th]
[2] [C
] [Q
][E
]{
}P
ara
ms
0-1
5
[On/O
ff] [C
][Q
][E
]
[Re
mo
te]
[Zo
ne
]
[C][
Q]
[E]
[On/O
ff]
[No
Re
se
t][N
oS
ilen
ce
]
[Bu
ild]
<e
tc>
[Bypa
ss]
[On]
[Off]
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<e
tc>
Generic Commissioning instructions
96 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
A-
Men
um
ap
sfo
rB
Svers
ion
3+
Vig
ilo
n
[Co
ntr
ol]
[Se
tU
p]
[Info
][T
est/E
ng]
[Dis
pTest]
[Use
rCo
de
]
[Lo
op
]
[Allo
ca
te]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
][Q
][E
]
[Fin
dD
ev]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[S
tart
]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Gain
]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-7
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
[De
vic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-63
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Fla
me
][B
eam
]
[Au
toG
ain
] [Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-2
07
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
[Alig
n]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[D
evic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
<etc
><
etc
>[S
imu
late
]
{}
Pa
ram
s0
-6[D
evic
e]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-20
7[L
oo
p]
{}
Pa
ram
s1
-8[C
] [Q
][E
]
[Op
tio
n]
Th
ese
op
tio
ns
are
accessib
lew
ith
freeb
lock
sw
itch
ed
On
[Re
pa
ir]
[Lo
op
]{
}P
ara
ms
1-8
[C] [
Q]
[E]
<etc
><
etc
>
Vig
ilon
/3
4K
4-lo
op
pa
ne
lw
ith
MV
3.9
2xx/0
8/0
5[
]M
en
um
ap
2Test/
En
gC
Cso
ftw
are
Co
mm
an
ds
accessib
leu
nd
er
en
gin
eer
(level3)
passw
ord
on
ly
Co
mm
an
ds
are
ac
ce
ss
ible
un
de
rc
us
tom
er
(le
ve
l2
)p
as
sw
ord
[Fire]
[Pre
Fire]
[Su
pF
ire
]
se
eTe
st/
En
gm
en
um
ap
1
Appendix B - Message Action ListThis appendix lists all the messages that are likely to be displayed at the control panel . There are some fault events that are not selfclearing and will require manual intervention.
Clearable fault events
The following faults are identified as clearable fault events.
� FLASH corrupt
� Invalid device configuration
� Too many errorsCan be cleared but will not reset the counters.
� Unrecoverable Tx fault
� Checksum errorFLASH Configuration data and FLASH in sensors
� NVM recovery failures or map mis-match
How to clear a clearable fault eventTo clear the fault at the control panel press the Menu on/Off button -> [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] -> enter your PIN (wherenecessary) -> <etc> -> [Config] -> [Clear] -> [Fault] -> [Enter].
Latching fault events
The following faults are identified as latching events.
� Slave devices lost
� Loop allocation fault
� Invalid loop configuration
How to clear a latching fault eventTo clear a latching fault it is necessary to re-allocate the loop circuit. To re-allocate a loop circuit refer to section headed How topower a loop
Repairable fault events
� Loop (partial) short circuit.
� Ground break
How to clear a repairable fault eventTo repair the fault at the control panel press the Menu on/Off button -> [Test/Eng] -> [UserCode] -> enter your PIN (wherenecessary) -> [Loop] -> <etc> -> <etc> -> [Repair] -> [Loop] -> enter the loop number on which the fault resides -> [Enter].
Message Action list
The messages displayed at the control panel or loop repeat panels are given here in an alphanumerical order to provide guidance:
� on fault message
� likely meaning of the message
� along with suggestions on what initial actions may be taken to rectify the problem.
� Only the messages that are applicable will appear on the display of the control panel or loop repeat panels.
� The term device was previously referred to as outstation.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 97
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
A spurious FIRQat card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is glitch on the MCChardware that appears onthe backplane / MCB.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence.
A spurious IRQat card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC/ MCB hardware.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence.
A spurious NMIat card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC/ MCB hardware.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence.
A spurious SWI2at card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is glitch on theMCC hardware.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence.
A spurious SWI3at card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is glitch on the MCC/ MCB hardware.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence.
Access fault atcard x
Any Card Card cannot talk to theMCC / MCB localcontroller.
Replace card if the faultkeeps reoccurring.Could also be caused byexcessive network messages.Investigate message passing.
ACIA Failed atcard x
Network Card orMCC / MCB
Communication chipfailure or the FABs andSABs are corrupt.
Reset the card and replace ifit fault keeps reoccurring.
Alarm ZoneDisabled /Enabled atcard x
Loop ProcessorCard
-
Alarms silenced MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Silence alarms button hasbeen pressed.
-
Alarms sounded MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Sound alarms button hasbeen pressed.
-
Alarms Verified MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Alarms verify oracknowledge button hasbeen pressed.
-
Allocation :memory Overflowat card x numbery on loop z
LoopProcessorCard
Loop processor has run outof memory duringallocation / when starting aloop.
Software error or more likelya faulty RAM chip.
Allocation :Double Allocated
card xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Two devices are given thesame address. Loop breaker(relay contacts) are fused‘micro welded’ together(closed) or there is a badconnection.
The device may be faulty.
Allocation : Hwfault card xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop breaker relay has notclosed or serial line End-2is faulty or relay is stucki.e. closed. The device maynot be correctly fitted.
Check the deviceconnections.
Allocation : Maperror card xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop wiring is incorrect, ega sub loop may have beenwired on a spur.
Check and rewire ifnecessary. This fault can alsobe device failure.
Generic Commissioning instructions
98 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Allocation : notready at Card x
Loop ProcessorCard
An attempt allocate a loopwhen it is alreadyallocating.
Wait and if it takes longerthan 10 minutes then reset theloop card.
Allocation : OKat Card n :Allocated x
Loop ProcessorCard
The loop circuit has beensuccessfully allocated.
-
Allocation : Toomany card xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Allocated more than 200devices or the device isrestricted for use theparticular software version.
Replace incompatible devicesie:32000 or SMS devicefound in system.
Allocation : Txfault card xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Invalid reply from thedevice.
Check the device. Also checkcable routing and length(measure resistance andcapacitance of cable).
Allocationstarted fromend 2 at Card x
Loop ProcessorCard
No devices found on End-1or End 1 of loop is opencircuit.
Check the wiring to the firstdevice or last device on theloop.
ASCII Device isfaulty number xon loop y
Loop ProcessorCard
Failure of control panel tocommunicate with Repeat/ Mimic panel. The powersupplies to the panels arenot connected.
If applicable connect thepower supply or RESET theMaster Repeat Card in theRepeat and Mimic panel. Ifnecessary replace thecard/software.
Back up Memory (NVM)-Backplane
Data is being copied fromcards and stored onto theNVM Card.
-
Back up required Memory (NVM)-Backplane
Data must be saved tomemory
Back up data to the memory.
Batterydischarged
Power supply This indicates the failure ofbattery load test. The ADCvalue should be equal to orless than normal - 9.
Check load test and thebattery condition.
Batterydisconnected/restored
Power supply A disconnection isindicated when the ADCvalue from the battery isequal to or less than 130.
Normally it should be = 234(27.4V)
To give a restored indicationthe ADC value should =Vbatt 1/6x256/5.
Baud rate x atCard y
MCC / MCB /Network Card
Baud rate set has been read. If required, change the baudrate.
beingInitialised atCard x
Memory - onBackplane
Memory is being set up bythe MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board), readyfor use.
-
Buffer full atcard x
Any Card Software error. -
Buffers out ofstep at card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 99
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Call point glassis brokennumber x loop y
Device Call point has beenoperated when the device isdisabled.
Replace the glass, ifnecessary.
Call point oninterface unitoperated/restored
Device Mains powered interfaceinput has been triggered byconventional MCP. Valueof input is equal to or lessthan 6V.
-
Call point opencct number x onloop y
Device Monitored base does notsee end-of-line unit. Thereis a bad connection toMCP.
Check the internal wiring,there may be a looseconnection.
Call pointoperated/restored number xloop y
Device Break glass has beenbroken or operated with atest key.
Replace the break glass torestore the call point orremove the test key,whichever is applicable.
Call point shortcct number xloop y
Device Call point contacts areshort circuit.
Check the call point contactsand circuit internally.
Card found/lostat card x
Any Card The card has beenfound/lost. If lost then it islocked out.
There may be a hardwarefault on card or Bckplane.Investigate and rectify.
Card n recovered/Card n backedup
Memory (NVM) -Backplane
Data recovered to a cardfrom the NVM. A card datahas been backed up to theNVM.
-
Chamber Removed/Replaced numberx on loop y
Device Device chamber has beenremoved.
Replacing the chamber willcause a replaced indication.
Charger Fault PanelPower Supply Unit(PSU)
Charger circuit has failed. Replace the PSU.
Charger Faultnumber x onloop y
EN54 System devicepower supply(Repeat, Mimic ormains poweredinterface)
Charger circuit has failed. Replace the board (having thepower supply) on the loopdevice.
Charger Restored Panel power supply Charger circuit is workingagain.
-
Charger Restorednumber x onloop y
EN54 System devicepower supply(Repeat, Mimic ormains poweredinterface).
Charger circuit is workingagain.
-
Chk=4.874 NVMC41874 Flag=0NVM is writeprotected atCard x
Memory (NVM) -Backplane
The memory is read only. Disable the write protectusing the [set up] menu.
Generic Commissioning instructions
100 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Clock changed /Clock not set up
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Time and date has beenaltered or no time has beenentered.
If necessary, set the clockusing the set up menu.
CO sensor faulty Device There is a fault with the COsensor on S-Quad.
Replace device
CO sensor nearend of life
Device The CO cell is nearing theend manufacturerrecommended lifeexpectancy (S-Quad).
Replace the device
CO sensorrestored
Device The CO sensor fault hasbeen restored (S-Quad)
Command buildactivated/deactivated
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Command build has beenswitched ON (activated) orOFF (deactivated).
If necessary switch ON/OFFthe command build using the[control] menu.
Command buildenabled /disabled
MCC /MCB (maincontrol card/board)
This is an automatic ormanually controlled action.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the commandbuild using the [control]menu.
CommsEnabled/Disabledat card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Network Card
Card communications havebeen enabled or disabled.
Control panel has beenisolated from the network.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the Commsusing the [control] menu
Comms SupplyFault
Network node The communications powersupply has failed.
Replace the power supplyunit.
Comms supplyRestored
Network node The communications powersupply has been restored.
-
Communicationsstarted/stoppedat Card x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Communication to aparticular panel or toexternal equipment linkedto the panel (eg Laptop forcom. tool) has started /stopped.
Check the wiring.
Control passedat Card x
Network - -
Corrupted NVMmemory at card x
Any Card Checksum failure onconfiguration at midnight.
Recover data and record inlog book. If it reoccurs thenreplace the card.
DC Power failrestored
Power supply The ADC of output 27VregulatorNormal=146(28.5V).
-
DC too high / DCtoo low
Power supply The DC supply is:
Too high if greater than164 (32V)
Too low if less than 102(20V)
Check the mains supply.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 101
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Delay blocksetup
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
A Delay Block has beenconfigured.
-
Delay blocksCleared
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
- -
Detection ZoneDisabled/Enabledat card x
Loop ProcessorCard
The detection zone hasbeen enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the Detectionzone using the [control]menu.
Detector oninterface unitnumber x onloop y channel z
Device Mains powered interfaceinput has been triggered byconventional detector.Value of the input is equalto or less than 10V.
-
Device AddressChanged from xnumber y onloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Device SAFE address haschanged.
If necessary rectify the deviceSAFE address.
Device batteryfault /restored
Device The battery has failed theload test.
For a mains poweredinterface the value is equalto or less than normal - 2V.
Check and replace the batteryif necessary.
Device BatteryOC number x onloop y
Device Failure of fuse or batterywiring is OC on productslike mains poweredinterface unit.
Normal value = 27.4VValue is equal to or lessthan 16V (OC) / greaterthan 17V (Restored).
Check and replace ifnecessary to restore.
Device Enabled /Disabled atCard x
Loop ProcessorCard
Device has been enabled ordisabled manually orautomatically.
If necessary manually enableor disable the device.
Device Faultnumber x onloop y
Audio Control Unit Fault input has beenasserted.
Check remote equipmentwired to the fault input.
Device Gain setto x number y onloop z
Beam and Flamedevices
Confirmation of a changein gain setting.
-
Device Mains toohigh / lownumber x loop y
Devices like: Mimic/ Repeat / Mainspowered interfaceunit
Failure of device mainssupply.The value of rectified DCis too high / low i.e in theregion of 30V / 17V.
Check the power supply andreplace it if necessary
Device powerFault / Restorednumber x onloop y
Device The failure of internalpower supply rail.
Replace the device.
Generic Commissioning instructions
102 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Device powertoo high/restored too low/restorednumber x onloop y
Device Internal power rail of mainspowered interface unit hasa value of rectified DCequal to or greater than32V (high) / less than 30V(restored)DC equal to or less than24V (low) / greater than26V (restored)
Replace the device
Device Replacedis faultynumber x onLoop y
Loop ProcessorCard
Tx fault re-finding device. Check connections to device /base and also device type etc.
Device Replacednumber x loop y
Loop ProcessorCard
The replaced device is nowcommunicating with thepanel.
-
Device softaddress; SAFE:number x onloop y
Device Device primary addressdoes not match SAFEaddress.
Check loop configuration.
Device MainsFailed /Restored numberx loop y
Device Failure of mains supply tomimic/repeat /mainspowered interface unit. Thevalue of rectified DC isequal to or less than 8V i.e.failed.
Check mains supplyconnections and the mainsfuse. When the rectified DCis greater than 24V it isrestored.
Disables Cleared MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
All disablements have beenremoved from the panel.
-
Duplicate SAFEAddress error:number x onloop y
Device Two devices on a loophave the same SAFEaddress.
Change one of the SAFEaddress.
Earth Fault/Fault Cleared
Power supply The ADC value to earth ofthe 8V regulator is equal toor greater than 5 (for a +vefault)or less than 3 ( for a -vefault).
A clear indication is normallygiven when ADC is equal to64.
Enabled Auxrelay xDisabled Auxrelay x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
The auxiliary relay hasbeen enabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the auxiliaryrelays using the [control]menu.
End switchingnormal at card x
Network Network card is back tonormal operation, (see alsoend switching disabled)
-
Exception numberx on loop y
(Exceptions alsoreferred to asSub-Fault)Loop Processor Card
Condition pattern has beenmatched.
Check the condition codes.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 103
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Excessivetransmissionerror rate
Too many errors:lost device orloop split
Loop ProcessorCard
There were more than 10reply errors in one day.
(More than 16 reply errorswill cause the deviceisolation.)
Check screening andelectrical noise in area ofoperation + check looseconnections to loop.
External Fire atpanel n
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
There is a Fire on anotherpanel in a network.
Investigate the fire.
Fast scanstartednumber x on loopy channel z
Data logging Fire sensor has detected achange on its input.
The message is normallygiven when the data logger isconnected.
Fault clearedWarning cleared
MCC / MCB(maincontrol card/board)
Fault or warning has nowgone.
-
Fire number nloop y channel z
Loop ProcessorCard
Pattern match is equal to aFire or MCP operated orconventional detection onIO line of interfaceoperated.
-
Fire reset MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
The Fire reset button hasbeen pressed.
-
Flash memorychecksum error
Device Speech MemoryChecksum Error
Replace the device
Full keyboardRemoved / Fittednumber x loop y
MCC/ MCB / DKC/MRC
The keyboard has been‘removed’ (is not fitted).
Check the cable connectionsto the keyboard to bringabout the ‘fitted’ message.
Group Enabled /Disabled
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
A group has beenautomatically or manuallydisabled or enabled.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the groupusing the [control] menu.
High Error rateat Card x
Network High number ofcommunication errors.
TBA
IncompatibleCard Version atcard x
Any Card There is a card softwareconflict.
Fit card with compatiblesoftware.
Interface Failedat Card x
MCC / MCB The interface timer chiphas failed.
Clear the fault and ignoresingle occurrence. Replacethe card on multiple failures.
Interface input- fault /restorednumber x onloop y channel z
Device IO line fault. Check the wiring and restorethe input for normaloperation.
Interface InputFire number x onloop y channel z
Device Interface IO line triggered afire event.
Check the wiring and restorethe input for normaloperation.
Interface inputnot Reset numberx on loop ychannel z
Device The input line continues totrigger.
Check devices on the IO line.
Generic Commissioning instructions
104 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Interface InputOC / restored
Device The end-of-line is not seen. Check the wiring. The devicemay have been removed, if sorefit the device to restore.
Interface inputoperated /releasednumber x on loopy channel z
Device Fixed extinguishantinterface unit input hasbeen triggered.
Follow the FE system resetprocedure to release theinput.
Interface inputSC / restorednumber x onloop y channel z
Device The interface wiring isshort circuit. The value ofinput is equal to or lessthan 2V.
Check the interface wiringand rectify to restore theinput.
Interface outputSC or OC orRestored numberx on loop ychannel y
Device The value of output isequal to or less than 50%for SCor is TBA for OC.
Check the wiring and restorethe output circuit.
IntermittentFault at card x
Any Card A fault has been picked upby the MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board).
Replace the appropriate cardif the fault keeps reoccurring.
Invalidconfiguration
Loop Processor Card Loop recovered withfreeblocks ON.
This is not allowed. SwitchOFF the freeblocks andreallocate.
Device FLASH incorrectlyprogrammed
Replace the device
Invalidconfiguration atcard x
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop recovered withfreeblocks ON.
This is not allowed. SwitchOFF the freeblocks andreallocate.
Invalid message/ reply receivedat card x
Loop ProcessorCard
The message/reply receivedcannot be understood. Thecommunication can befrom a Repeat, Mimic,Supervisor, Network orOrator system.
Ignore single occurrence andrecord in log book.
Invalidmessage/reply atcard x
Network Card The message/reply has notbeen understood from otherpanels.
Ignore for single occurrenceand record in log book.
Invalid taskdelay at card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Invalid taskstage
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
IO line Enabled/ Disabled atCard x
Loop ProcessorCard
The IO line is eitherenabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manuallyenable/disable the IO lineusing the [control] menu.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 105
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Loop map haschanged card x
Loop ProcessorCard
The map is different to thatpreviously allocated.
Check and confirm differencewith backup map.
Loop powerrestored
Power supply Normal loop supplyrestored:
Normal ADC = 202 (44V).Value = Vsupp x1/11X256/5.
-
Loop Started notready at card xnumber y loop z
Loop ProcessorCard
As per message. Wait and if it takes longerthan10 minutes then reset the loopcard.
Loop stopped atCard x
Loop ProcessorCard
The loop has been abortedor is still being allocated.
Re-allocate the loop.
Loop voltage toohigh/low
Power supply The ADC value too high.
or
The ADC value is too low.
Check PSU values in the[Test/Eng] menu, normalreading is 221. Replace PSUif necessary.
Lost Commandnumber x onLoop y
Loop ProcessorCard
Lost FAB/SAB. Ignore single occurrence andrecord in log book.
Lost Devicenumber x on loopy
Loop ProcessorCard
There is no reply on ends1&2 of the device.
Check the deviceconnections.
Lost slaveDevice number xon loop y
Loop ProcessorCard
There is no reply on ends1&2 of the device.
Check the slave deviceconnections and replace ifnecessary.
Magnetic switchoperatednumber x loop y
Device The reset switch in the basehas closed.
Check base and proximity ofmagnetic field.
Main program notrunning atcard x
Any Card Problem with software. Thewatchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main controlcard/board).
Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.
Record event in log book.
Mains failed /restored
Power supply Failure is detected whenthe ADC output from therectifier is equal to or lessthan 105.
Check mains and fuse.Replace PSU if necessary.This should normally equal to60V to get a restoredmessage.
Mains too high Power supply The ADC value is too high. Check the PSU values in the[Test Eng] menu. ReplacePSU if necessary.Mains too low Power supply Mains supply is too low.
Master alarm
oc
orsc
Restored
Power supply No end-of-line unit seen.
ADC value is greater than92orADC value is less than 37
ADC value is 74
Check the wiring to themaster alarm circuits. EnsureEOL is connected inside thecontrol panel if master alarmcircuits are not used.
Generic Commissioning instructions
106 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Master alarmenabled/disabled
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
The master alarm has beenenabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary, manually enableor disable the master alarmusing the [Control] menu.
Master alarmrestored
Power supply Master alarm fault cleared.The ADC value should be74.
Masterpolling/notpolling atcard x
MCC / MCB PC or SRI (service requestinterface) is nothandshaking with thecontrol panel
Check the wiring
Master SectorActioned
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Master sector has beenswitched ON/OFF.
-
Master SectorEnabled/Disabled
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Master sector has beenenabled or disabledmanually or automatically.
If necessary manually enableor disable the master sector.
Memory corruptnumber x loop y
Device FLASH checksum failure Replace the device
Messagediscarded
TBA TBA TBA
Neighbour ACKFailed at card n
- Repeated address Check domain addresses areunique
Neighbour ACKInvalid atcard n
TBA TBA TBA
Networkinitialised atCard x
Network Card Successful network mapwith polled panels.
-
Network Insecure/ Secure atCard x
Network Card There are 3 missing repliesin a row on End-2 of thecontroller.
Check the wiring.Check the error rate.
Network startingat Card x
Network Card Communication startingwith other connectedpanels.
-
Network wiringfault at card x
Network Card Wiring is presumed to beoc betweenpanel n and panel n.
Check the wiring.
New address n atcard x
MCC / MCBNetwork Card
The new address set hasbeen read.
-
New domainaddress n atCard x
Network Card The new address set beenread at the particular card.
-
NMI’s missed atcard x
Loop ProcessorCard
Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 107
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
No periodicinterrupts atcard x
Any Card Problem with software, thewatchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main controlcard/board).
Software error will activate asystem reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record event in log book.
No responsenumber x loop y
Loop ProcessorCard
There is no communicationwith repeat or mimic panelsoftware.
Power-up the repeat or mimicpanel.
No room on NVMcard
Backplane (withmemory)
User attempts to backup orsave to an NVM that doesnot have enough free space
If there is no memory leftthen the card 14 located onBackplane needs to beinitialised
Node doubleallocated atcard x
Network Card Two network cards havesame address.
Keep address unique.
Node found atCard x
Network Card Another panel on thenetwork acknowledged.
-
Nodelost/restored atCard x
Network Card There have been 15missing replies fromanother panel.
Check the wiring or checkand reset the panel Networkcard to restore.
Not enough RAMat card x
Any Card Not enough memory. Reset the card and ignoresingle occurrence. Ifnecessary replace the card oradd RAM, where applicable.
Nothing found atCard x
Loop ProcessorCard
No devices found on End 1or End 2.
Check wiring of loop circuit.
NVM initialised Memory (NVM)-Backplane
Memory available verified. -
NVM is not writeprotected
Memory (NVM)-Backplane
Read and write is possibleto the memory card.
Enable protect if requiredusing the [set up] menu.
NVM is read only Backplane (withmemory)
User attempts to write to ahardware write protectedNVM card
Remove the hardware writeprotect before writing
Panel in/out ofcommissioningmode
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Commissioning modeswitched ON/OFF.
To manually switchcommissioning mode use the[Test/Eng] menu.
Panel Label Setup
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Panel label has been setfrom the menu.
-
Panel powerup MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Software reset of system orthere has been a manualreset of card 0.
If an automatic reset hasoccurred than check forsystem errors.
Patternnumber x on loopy channel x
Loop ProcessorCard
Sensor has detected aninteresting event egfire/fault.
-
Pointercorrupted atCard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Generic Commissioning instructions
108 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Pointer missingat card x
Any Card Software error Software errors will cause asystem reset.
Card fault should be ignoredfor single occurrence.
Record the event in logbook.
Prefire number xon loop ychannel z
Loop ProcessorCard
Pattern match less than aFire.
-
Printerlost/fitted atcard x number yon loop z
MCC / MCB / DKC/ MRC
The external printer has notbeen seen and is ‘lost’.
Check the connections to theprinter. Also check for paperjam in the printer mechanism.
Program memorycorrupted atcard x
Any Card Checksum failure onFLASH at midnight.
Clear and ignore singleoccurrence. Record in logbook.
Program notrunning atCard x
Any Card Problem with software, thewatchdog will operate theMCC / MCB (main controlcard/board).
Software errors will activatean automatic system reset.
Ignore for single occurrence.
Record event in log book.
Program runawayat card x
Any Card CPU has crashed. Clear and ignore singleoccurrence. Record in logbook.
Q buffer full atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Q buffer numberFailed at card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Recover failedat Card x
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop does not match whatis on NVM card.
Check and confirm/correctthe difference and thenbackup.
Recoversucceeded atcard x
Loop ProcessorCard
Successful recovery after aprevious failure.
-
Replaced DeviceWrong typenumber x on loopy
Loop ProcessorCard
Device is a different type. Check and confirminstallation of correct typeand reallocate. Back up tomemory.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 109
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
SAFE Address notSet up number xon loop y
Loop Processor Card The replaced device is notSAFE addressed. Thedevice previously installedin the location was SAFEaddressed.
Set up the SAFE address.
Scan errornumber x atcard y
Loop ProcessorCard
Invalid universal scanreply.
Check loop length andscreening
Sector actioned Loop ProcessorCard
Sector is switchedON/OFF.
-
Sector Enabled/Disabled at cardx
Loop ProcessorCard
The sector(s) has beenenabled or disabledautomatically or manually.
If necessary , manuallyenable/disable the sectorusing the [Control] menu.
Sensor out ofspecificationnumber x on Loopy Channel z
Loop ProcessorCard
Fault pattern has beenmatched.
Check and replace the sensorif necessary.
Shared memoryhardware isfaulty at Card x
Any Card There is MCC / MCBproblem.
Replace all other cards thanthe MCC/MCB. See if theproblems persists.
Replace MCC / MCB ifnecessary.
Slave DeviceReplacednumber x on loopy
Loop ProcessorCard
Slave type device has beenreplaced.
-
Slave microfailed at Card x
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop driver iswatchdogged by loopprocessor.
Reset and ignore singleoccurrence. Record in logbook.
Software errors Software errors willactivate a systemreset
Software error Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Sounder circuitfailed
Device There is a fault with thesounder hardware on theS-cubed or S-Quad.
Replace the device
Sounder circuitRestored
Device The fault on the soundercircuit associated withS-Quad or S-Cubed hasbeen restored.
-
Speech circuithas failed
Device There is a hardware faultpossibly associated withthe voice chip on thespeech S-cubed or S-Quad
Replace the device
Speech circuitRestored
Device The fault on the speechS-Quad and S-Cubed hasbeen restored.
-
Generic Commissioning instructions
110 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Spuriousacknowledgmentat card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Spurious FABNumber x on Loopy
Loop ProcessorCard
Device has FAB butshouldn’t have any.
Ignore single occurrence.Panel will remove theindication.
Stack overflowat card x
Any Card Software error Software errors will activatea system reset
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in log book
Stack too deepat card x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Strobe circuithas failed
Device The strobe circuit on theS-Quad or S-Cubed devicehas failed.
Replace the device
Strobe circuitrestored
Device The strobe hardware fault,such as internal connection,on the S-cubed or S-Quadhas been restored
-
Sub Faults See exceptions
Superfire numberx on loop ychannel z
Loop ProcessorCard
Pattern match is equal to orgreater than a Fire.
-
Supply totallyFailed
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
The message does notnormally appear.
-
Switchinginhibited atend 1 at card x
Network Automatic end swappingon the network controllerhas been disabled for testpurpose.
-
System Printerfitted at card xnumber y loop z
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
An 80 column serial printeris fitted to the panel.
-
System PrinterLost at card xnumber y onloop z
MCC / MCB (Printeroption)
TBA TBA
System Restarted/Started
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Link on back planerestored.
-
System stopped MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Backplane link movedcausing the system to stop.
The link should not benormally accessed.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 111
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Task stuck atcard x
Any Card Software error. Software errors will activatea system reset.
Ignore single occurrence.Record the event in logbook.
Test set found /removed atCard x
Loop ProcessorCard
Remote allocation unit hasbeen found connected tothe system.
Disconnection of the test setwill bring about a removedmessage.
Too many errorsnumber x on loopy
Device More than 15 errors from adevice in 34 hours.
Check the loop wiring to thedevice.
Too many errorsx at Card y
Network Card Up to 6 consecutivecommunication errors.
Check wiring and cablescreen. There may be faultswith the installation.
Two controllerat Card x
Network There are two networkcontrollers.
One network controller willautomatically shut down.
Two master hasthe same addressatCard x
MCC / MCB / DKC Two PCs have been giventhe same address.
Each PC must have a uniqueaddress.
Unable to claimbuffers atcard x
Any Card System too busy Wait or reset card if stuck,record in log book
Unrecoverable Txfaultnumber x loop y
Loop ProcessorCard
More than 3 consecutivereply errors
Check the device connectionsand replace if necessary.
Warm restart MCC (main controlcard)
The 5V rail has seen a dipactivating the watchdog orthe button has been pressedon MCC/MCB or panelpower reconnected.
-
Warning cleared MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
Warning has beenremoved.
-
Wiring changed -ground break atcard x number yon loop z
Loop ProcessorCard
A test has shown a breakon the 0V line. The test isconducted every minute.
Check wiring of 0V aroundloop.
Wiring changed -short atcard x number yloop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Loop short circuit after theparticular device.
Check wiring and deviceafter indicated device.
Wiring changed -split/closed atCard x number yon loop z
Loop ProcessorCard
No reply received from adevice at End-2 of loop.
Check wiring, there can beother reasons.
Wiring changedpart short atCard x number yon loop z
Loop ProcessorCard
Less than 80 ohms betweenthe +ve and 0V of loopwiring.
Check wiring and deviceafter the partially shorteddevice.
Generic Commissioning instructions
112 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Message associated with.. meaning.. ..possible action
Wrong card typeat Card x
Any Card Card in wrong slot. Move the cards to the rightlocation.
Zone enabled /disabled atCard x
MCC / MCB (maincontrol card/board)
The zone has been enabledor disabled automatically ormanually.
If necessary, manually enableor disable the zone using the
[Control] menu.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 113
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
B-
Messag
eA
cti
on
Lis
t
Appendix C - Guidelines for standalone systemcommandsThis appendix provides guidance on factors that must be taken into consideration when applying standalone system functions, suchas:
� labels
� sectors (including flag set sectors)
� delay blocks
� time slots and time blocks
� zones
� groups
� voice alarm zones
� command builds
� sounder configuration
� auxiliary relays
Labels
� Labels are given to identify location of areas on a site.
� A previously created label can be modified.
� Where manual call points are being used then each can only have a label of up to 28 characters.
� a 32 character label can be assigned to a:
• device(must have a label having 28 characters if it is an MCP)
• each Input/Output line(must have a label having 28 characters maximum if one or more MCPs are installed on the input line)
• zone
• group
• control panel
Input channel label
� A supervisory input channel label of an interface unit will only be displayed at the control panel of the standalonesystem.
• By adding an * in front of the channel label it will allow the label to appear on all the networked panels.
The networked panels must however be setup to display all events. In this configuration the label will also bedisplayed at a network node and GENT Supervisor in the network.
• When an interface input is operated the standalone system’s (local) control panel buzzer can only be activated
by configuring the input to trigger a command build. In this case the command build should not have actions.
• To activate buzzers of control panels in a network an * must be inserted before the command build label.
Generic Commissioning instructions
114 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Long labels
Long labels having up to 64 characters can be given to devices and command builds. This is achieved by replacing commonly usedwords with token values (special codes). Tokenised labels :When tokens are decoded, a trailing space is automatically added tothe decoded word. Likewise when a label is being tokenised, the word must have a space following it, or be at the end of a line.Therefore a token word cannot be followed with a comma, dash or other such character.
� All tokenised labels are displayed in Upper case.
Banks 0, 1 and 2 show the list of tokens used by the software to reduce the character label to 32 characters or less.
Bank 0General Building Features
AREA ANNEXE BLOCK BUILDING
CORE CORRIDOR DOOR DUCT
ENTRANCE ESCALATOR EXIT EXTENSION
FLAT HALL HOUSE LIFT
LOBBY RISER ROOM ROUTE
STAIRS TOWER UNIT VENTILATION
VOID ZONE
Vertical Location
LEVEL MEZZANINE FLOOR BASEMENT
GROUND FIRST SECOND THIRD
FOURTH CEILING ROOF ATRIUM
Geographic Location
NORTH SOUTH EAST WEST
NEAR OUTSIDE ABOVE UPPER
CENTRE LOWER LEFT RIGHT
FRONT REAR
Building Usage
ACCOMMODATION ADMIN BEDROOM BOILER
CENTRAL CHANGING COMPUTER CONTROL
CUPBOARD ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING EXTERNAL
GALLERY GARAGE GENERAL HOUSING
KITCHEN LAUNDRY LOUNGE OFFICE
PLANT RECEPTION RESTAURANT SERVICE
SERVICES SHOP STAFF STORE
STORES SWITCH SYSTEM TOILET
WORKSHOP WARD WAREHOUSE
Airport Tokens
AIR SIDE ARRIVALS BAGGAGE BRIDGE
BUREAU DE CHANGE CUSTOMS CONCOURSE DEPARTURES
DUTY FREE EXCHANGE GATE HANDLING
IMMIGRATION LANDSIDE LUGGAGE MALL
PASSENGER RETAIL SECURITY STATION
TERMINAL TRANSFER
Medical Tokens
MEDICAL THEATRE X-RAY CLINIC
PATIENTS PHYSIOTHERAPY GERIATRICS PAEDIATRICS
RECORDS HEALTH
Components of the Fire System
SOUNDER DETECTOR OPTICAL IONISATION
HEAT INTERFACE BEAM REPEAT
SPRINKLER
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 115
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
Bank 1General Building Features
CHAMBER FOYER SHAFT STAIRCASE
STAIRWELL
Vertical Location
FIFTH SIXTH ATTIC BALCONY
LANDING PASSAGE SUBWAY TUNNEL
Positions
ADJACENT BOTTOM
Building Usage
CATERING COLLEGE CONFERENCE DEPARTMENT
DISPATCH EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ESCAPE
MANAGER MEETING PACKING PHYSICS
POINT PREPARATION SHOPPING SITTING
STATIONERY SUITE SUPPLY TELEPHONE
TRANSFORMER
Airport Tokens
AIRLINES BONDED CHECK-IN CLORIFIER
CONVEYOR CUL-DE-SAC DOMESTIC FORECOURT
INFORMATION INTERCONNECTOR INTERNATIONAL RECLAIM
SCREENING SECRET SIGN TRAVOLATOR TRUCKING
Medical Tokens
DISPENSARY
Components of the Fire System
ASPIRATING INPUT OUTPUT PRESSURE
SHUTTER
Bank 2General Building Features
BLOWER CHUTE DOORS HOIST
ROLLER SLUICE
Position
BEHIND BELOW UNDER MIDDLE
Building usage
BISTRO BUSINESS CANTEEN CHILLER
CLASS CLASSROOM CLEANERS DISABLED
ELECTRONICS FACTORY FEMALE LIBRARY
LOCKER MAINTENANCE MOTOR MUSIC
NURSERY PHASE QUIET SEATING
SHOWER STORAGE TENANT VEHICLE
VOLTAGE WALKWAY
Airport token
APRON AUTOWALK BOARDING CABIN
CONNECTOR CRAFT DEPARTURE FLIGHT
STAND TOUCHDOWN
Generic Commissioning instructions
116 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Sectors
� There can be up to 32 sectors per loop
� a sector is a collection of devices on the same loop having a common action.
� a sector that is actioned ON will activate its alarm devices, such as interface outputs, S cubed and alarm sounders.
� a sector can be configured to give one of three signals
• Signal 1 Alert (priority 3)
• Signal 2 Evacuate (priority 2)
• Signal 3 Continuous (priority 1)
� sectors 1-28 operate automatically with ‘Sound Alarms’ and ‘Silence Alarms’ buttons
� a sector (any one of 1-28) that is configured for NO action on ‘Sound Alarms’ button will be silenced on operationof the ‘Reset’ button
� the sectors 29-32 are independent of the ‘Sound Alarms’ button and are primarily used with Fixed Extinguishantinterface product which is not no longer supported. However the sectors 29-30 can be configured to normal sectoroperation.
� sensors, call points and interface inputs may be assigned to more than one sector.
� a loop powered interface is assigned to a sector and consequently the inputs and outputs lines of that interface willbe assigned to the same sector.
� alarm sounders, OHS and interface outputs are restricted to one sector only.
� There can be up to 10 Voice Alarm Zones.
� Voice alarm zone are push button switches on the control panel that can be assigned to Sectors.
� Any normal Sector (1-28) can be assigned to any voice alarm zone (1-10)
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 117
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
SECTOR
SECTOR FUNCTIONS
32 SECTORSPER LOOP
DELAY
BLOCK
COMMAND
BUILD
TRIGGER
ACTION
ACTION
ASSIGN
NOTE : SECTORS 29 TO
DELAYBLOCK
ACTION
COMMANDBUILD
32 ARE FORSPECIAL USE
SECTORThat has justcome into fire
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
ALL
SIGNALS
OFF
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
ALLSIGNALS
OFF
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
ALL
SIGNALS
OFF
ACTION
ACTION
DEVICES
& I/O LINES
WITHIN A
SECTOR *
DEFAULT: SIGNAL-1 = ALERT
SIGNAL-2 = EVACUATE
SIGNAL-3 = CONTINUAL
I/O LINES MAY BE SECTORED INDIVIDUALLYONLY FOR STANDARD MAINS POWERED INTERFACE UNITS
AND NOT FOR LOOP POWERED INTERFACE UNITS
*
SECTOR
SETUP THE SECTORTO DE-ENERGIZE ON
SILENCE ALARMS
OR RESETBUTTON
NOTE : A SECTOR CAN ONLY ACTION OTHER LINKS
IF THE FIRE IS AT A DEVICE ASSIGNED TO THAT SECTOR.
ASSIGN
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ONOFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
MASTERSECTOR
ASSIGN
VOICE ALARMZONES
NOTE: Voice alarm zones are push buttoncontrols on the main panel.
AUX
RELAYS
ACTION
Integral sounder operation
� Integral sounder sector operation (also called flag set sector) can be configured using the menu commands
[SetUp]-> [Sector] -> [Sounder] -> [On].
A sector configured for integral sounder operation will in the event of a fire at an optical heat sensor sounder (OHS) device willoperate ONLY the local sounder (of the OHS).
Default fire plan
� The fire plan on power up is known as ‘one out all out’. This is when sector 1 is assigned with all devices of thesystem. A fire will activate evacuate (signal 2) on all interface outputs and alarm sounders.
� Fixed extinguishant inputs / outputs are automatically assigned to sector 29. Note the Fixed extinguishing interfaceunit is no longer a part of the product range.
To assign a default fire plan
� To manually configure the default fire plan using the set up menu:
• Assign all device and IO lines to sector 1
• and then action all sectors (except sectors 29-32) on all sectors to signal 2.
To remove the default fire plan.
� If the system is not intended to operate with the default ‘Fire Plan’, then do exactly the same as making the default
fire plan, but this time replace the [Assign] with [Remove]. Also remove IO lines.
� monitored line is a circuit of MCPs off a sensor, not allowed for the UK , this must be removed
� all sensors, call points, sounders and interface lines are now completely separate from each other
� also [Deaction] all sectors on all sectors. This will remove any configured sector actions
� a site specific ‘Fire Plan’ can now be set up by assigning devices within common initiation areas to sectors and thenactioning them together to form the required ‘Fire Plan’.
Fail safe fire plan
� It is advisable to build a fail safe mechanism when sectoring. If for any reason certain sector assignment has beenlost due to system power down and subsequent NVM recovery conflicts on system power up, the sounders will stilloperate in the event of a fire.
� the fail safe mechanism will involve leaving Sector 1 on each loop free from any device assignment, as any devicesthat lose their sector assignment will default to Sector 1.
� the following action will give an evacuate tone to any alarm sounders that have defaulted to Sector 1:
• Action all sectors (except sectors 29-32) on sector 1to signal 2
• Action sector 1 on all sectors (except Sector 1 and Sectors 29-32) to signal 2
Site specific fire plan
� A site specific fire plan can be created by configuring sectors.
Generic Commissioning instructions
118 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
SECTOR X
FLAG SETON
FLAGSET OFFDEFAULT
INTEGRALSOUNDER - ON
INTEGRALSOUNDEROFF(DEFAULT)
OHS
H
MCP
INTERFACE
SECTOR XOPERATION
FIREOHS
H
MCP
INTERFACE
SECTOR X
FIRE
DELAYBLOCK
COMMANDBUILD
ACTION
ACTIONSECTOR
This action is only applicableif the was from afire nonOHS sensor
1) The will operate normally.
2) The will operate normally whenactioned by another sector.
sector x
sector x
Setup
ONLY LOCALALARM SOUNDS
NOTE: OTHER OPTICAL HEAT SOUNDERSIN AN `INTEGRAL SOUNDER SECTOR'OPERATE IN A SIMILAR MANNER
INTEGRAL SOUNDER SECTOR FUNCTIONS
ACTION
Delay Blocks
� There can be up to 16 delay blocks per panel
� each delay block can provide a delay of between 4 seconds to 10 minutes (in 4 second increments) before starting adesired action
� a delay block can action:
• sectors
• delay blocks
� a delay block may be actioned by:
• sectored fire event
• command build
• delay blocks
� if the required delay is beyond 10 minutes. This can be achieved by a delay block actioning another delay blockbefore the required action is taken
� If Delay Blocks are linked to produce a delay of longer than 10 minutes, then the panel will no longer meet therequirements of EN54: part 2:1997.
� where a delay block is actioned by a command build, a different delay time is set up (within the command buildentry line).
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 119
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
COMMAND
BUILD
DELAY BLOCK FUNCTIONS
SECTORS SECTORS
10 MINSMAX
DELAY
BLOCK
10 MINSMAX
ANOTHER
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
16 DELAYBLOCKS
PER-PANEL
DELAY
BLOCK
ACTION
SIGNAL
1
2
SIGNAL
3
SIGNAL
ALLSIGNALS
OFF
ACTION
SET UP
NOTE : THIS CONFIGURATION IS POSSIBLE
A delay block
actioned from a
command build can
have a separate
delay of up to
10 minutes
NO
ACTION
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
NOTE: If no sectors are set up to be actioned
but there is a signal number set up and the
original trigger was from a sector, then
when the delay times out that sector will
be actioned.
Time slots and time blocks
Time slots
A time slot must be linked with a time block. It is the time block that perform actions on the system.
� Timeslots do not process when the panel is in a fire condition.
� a time slot can be:
• triggered automatically
• switched ON / OFF manually
• or switched ON / OFF by Command build
� it performs an action immediately or after a delay of 0 to 24 hours.
� There can be up to 16 time slots per panel
� each time slot has to be given an Enable time and a Disable time
� each time slot must be ANDed / ORed to the days of week, (Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat Sun).
� when a time slot is ANDed with selected days, it will only operate on the selected days
� when a time slot is ORed with selected days, it will be enabled during selected times and will remain throughout thedays selected
Time blocks
A time block is used to perform periodic enable disable action on the system.
� There are 0 - 15 time blocks per panel
� the time block 0 is always in the enable state and is the default for all sensors
� a time block can be linked to one or more time slots
� when a time slot is enabled the time block it is linked to is also enabled
� a sensor or Interface input can only be assigned to one time block
� when a time block is in an enable state:
• any sensor(s) linked to it will operate in the enable state that has been set up
• any command build linked to it is triggered
� when a time block is in a disabled state any zone tasks linked to it are also disabled.
Generic Commissioning instructions
120 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
TIMESLOTS & TIMEBLOCKS FUNCTIONS
COMMANDBUILD
ENABLE TIME
DISABLE TIME
08:00
17:00
TIMESLOT 1ACTION
DAYS:
MON TUE WED
THU FRI SAT SUN
AND
(BOTH)
OR
(EITHER)
DELAYED BY 0 - 24 hrs
TIME
DAYS SETUPAND/OR
TIMEBLOCK 1
TIMESLOT 1
TIMESLOT 2
TIMESLOT 3
TIMESLOT 4
TIMESLOT 16
SETUP
*
ENABLE STATE
DISABLE STATE
0
15
OUTSTATION NO. = "X"SETUP
ENABLE STATE
DISABLE STATE
8
13
OUTSTATION NO. = "X"SETUP
TRIGGER
MAX. 16 PER PANEL MAX. 15 PER PANEL
ENABLE / DISABLE TIMESLOT
COMMAND BUILD NO. "Y"
SETUPZone
A COMMAND BUILD LINKED
TO A TIMEBLOCK WILL BE TRIGGERED
WHEN THE TIMEBLOCK IS ENABLED
AND REVERSED WHEN THE TIMEBLOCK
IS DISABLED.
NOTE: A Timeblock may contain any multiple Timeslots.A Timeslot may be linked to any number of Timeblocks.
The default is for all the outstations to be in Time block 0.A Timeblock is enabled if any one of the Timeslots withinit is in the enable state.
Zones
� A zone has a collection of trigger devices that arelocated in the same general area. It may be used forone or all three of the following:
• for illumination of zonal fire lamps on Main panelor Zonal mimic panel
• for common disablement purposes
� There can be up to 128 Zones per A2 / 64 Zones perA4 zonal mimic panel.
� Zones are used to provide local indication of fire at themain panel and to send fire messages to zonal mimicand loop repeat panels and repeat indicator panels offmain panel.
• integral zonal indicators can be configured to givesteady / flashing indication of 1st zone in fire
� Devices from any loop may be assigned to the samezone.
� A device may only be assigned to one zone.
� Input/output lines of an interface can not be assignedindividually to zones. The interface lines can only beassigned collectively to a zone.
Groups
� There can be up to 128 groups
� all devices default to Group 1
� all local controller events are in group 0, ie faults,warning, silence alarms and reset.
�All MCC / MCB / LCC (local controller) events are inGroup 0, ie FAULTS, WARNING, SILENCE ALARMS andRESET etc.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 121
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
LOOP1
ZONE FUNCTIONS
OHS
INTERFACE
MCP
H
LOOP2
OHS
INTERFACE
MCP
DISABLE ZONE Z
ZONE E ENABLE
NOTE: AN OUTSTATION CAN ONLYBE ASSIGNED TO ONE ZONE
ZONE 1
ZONAL MIMIC PANEL
ZONE 4
OUTSTATIONSASSIGNED TOZONE 4
OUTSTATIONSASSIGNED TOZONE 4
ZONE 2
ZONE 3
ZONE 4
ZONE 5
ZONE X
ZONE INDICATORS ON THE PANEL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 32
Zones
Flashing
On
OffTest/Eng
Zone Tasks
� There can be up to 128 Zones of which the first 64 are for standalone system and remaining zones for network use.The number of Zones for standalone system can be re-configured via the commissioning tool.
� a zone is a collection of devices, sharing a common label
� an device can only be assigned to one zone
� a Zone task may be used to control the display of fire messages, to provide:
• Common zone label only (this is the default).
• label of first device in fire
• or all individual device labels.
� a zone can provide 3-level sensing:
• Prefires
• Fires
• Superfires
� sensors can be configured to provide coincidence operation using a combination of all 3 levels if required
� up to 8 permutations of fire detection (Zone tasks) may be configured per zone
� a zone task can be made to trigger a command build or a range of command builds, (this is done in the zone set upmenu)
� the same command build can be triggered by different tasks within a zone
� disabling a zone will disable the sensors within that Zone
� disabling a zone via a time block disables the tasks performed by the zone.
� all devices default to zone 1
Generic Commissioning instructions
122 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
OUTSTATION IN ONE ZONE ONLY
ALL DEVICES THATGO INTO FIREWILL TAKE THISROUTE
DEVICES ASSIGNEDTO ZONE 'A'
DEVICES ASSIGNEDTO ZONE'A'
HEAT DET.
SMOKE DET.
MCP
I/O
LOOP 1
HEAT DET.
SMOKE DET.
MCP
I/O
LOOP 2
via TEST/ENG menu
TOTAL OF 128ZONESPER PANEL
ZONE'A'
DEFAULT
DISPLAY ALLINDIVIDUALDEVICE LABELS
DISPLAYFIRSTDEVICE LABEL
DISPLAYCOMMON ZONELABELS ONLY
TO ALL REPEATSON LOCAL PANEL
TASK NUMBER 1
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TIMEBLOCK
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
OUTPUT TRIGGERTO COMMAND BUILD 'X'
No
te:E
ach
ou
tpu
tca
ntr
igg
er
on
eco
mm
an
db
uild
TASK NUMBER 2
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 3
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 4
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 5
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 6
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 7
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
TASK NUMBER 8
w SENSOR x PRE FIRE y FIRE z SUPER FIRE
Command Builds
� Where possible use sectored action instead ofcommand build action.
� There can be up to 255 command builds per panel.
� a command build can only be set up with one trigger(can be a range)
� a command build can be triggered:
• for reversible action (automatic deaction onremoval of trigger)
• or non-reversible action, (deactioned by anothercommand build for a non-fire trigger or reset for afire Trigger).
� the command build trigger for zone tasks reside underthe zone menu.
� command builds that are triggered through a sector fireevent will deaction on fire reset. This is independent ofwhether the sector is configured to deaction on silencealarms.
� command builds that are configured for turn Offactions have no reverse action to turn On again,another command build or manual action is required.
� command builds can be used under fire and non fireconditions to carry out pre-configured actions built upfrom the Control menu.
� a command build can only be set up to perform oneaction (can be a range), any split range would require asecond command build.
� each command build can be given a 40 character labelto be displayed and/or printed when triggered. If nolabel is given then nothing will be displayed
� if a label is given, the local buzzer will operate for 1minute when the command build is active.
� command builds are logged with an On/Off time, this
information can be viewed by selecting [info] ->
[Event]-> [Supervis]-> [Log] and if still On via
[Info]-> [Event]-> [Supervis]-> [Active], this is onlypossible if a label has been given to the CommandBuild
� when speed of operation is required the lowest numbercommand builds should be used as these are processedfirst
� if a digital output line is to be actioned by a commandbuild, the I/O line should not be assigned to a sector asit may deaction when the silence alarms is pressedregardless of the command build still being active
� a fire condition takes priority over a command build
� Take great care not to action a digitaloutput to an input line, as this will effectively disablethe input.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 123
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
TRIGGER
COMMANDBUILD
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
ACTION
START MASTER ALARM
STOP MASTER ALARMS
NO ACTION
ENABLE
DISABLE
SECTOR
MASTER SECTOR
AUX RELAY
PRINTER
DIGITAL
TIME SLOT OVERRIDE
DELAY BLOCK
PAUSE SOUNDERS
RESET
LOCAL BUILD
1 TO 255
DIFFERENT
NOTE: Normally thebuild reverse actions
is selected.
MENU
1ST
2ND
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REV OR NOT-REV
REVERSIBLE
NOT-REVERSIBLE
PAS
SW
OR
DLE
VE
LS
(CLEAR)
COMMAND BUILD FUNCTIONS
REV OR NOT-REV
COMMANDBUILD
TIMEBLOCK
INPUT LINE
I / O INTERFACE
SECTOR
That has just
come into fire
NONE
(CLEAR)
ZONE
ON
LYO
NE
AC
TIO
NFR
OM
EA
CH
CO
MM
AN
DB
UIL
D
'LABEL' OR NUMBER
UP TO 40 CHARACTERS
TASK
ONLY
ONEO
FTHE
SETR
IGGE
RSFO
REA
CHCO
MMAN
DBU
ILD
SILENCE
REV OR NOT-REV
SOUND
REV OR NOT-REV
DELAY 0 TO 24 HOURS
ACTION (INPUT)
DELAY 0 TO 30 SEC
FROM ANOTHER ZONE
TRIGGER
CHANNELIntegralsounder
TRIGGER
SOUNDERINTEGRALSOUNDER IN OHS
ACTION
REV OR NOT-REV
VERIFY
ACTION
REV OR NOT-REV
TONE/ MESSAGE
AUX MESSAGE
ALARM MESSAGE
Sound
Silence
Reset
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
Sound
MASTERSECTOR
TRIGGER
Sounders Configuration
� The standard alarm sounders of each standalone system can be configured for three sound output signals.
� every 250mS over a 2 second time the sound output can be altered to high, low or off tone.
� sound signal configuration can be altered by modifying the FAB-SAB pairs by pressing the button Menu On/Off
to select [Set-Up] -> <etc-> -> [Modify]-> <etc> -> [Signal n] -> [Sounder] -> [Enter] and enter the FAB/SAB
for signal n and press enter.
FABs & SABs
The FAB (first action byte) determines tone and On/Off control while the SAB (second action byte) determines the action to beperformed on the output.
Number FAB action SAB action
0 no output Turns Off selected Outputs
1 - 10mS pulse on Selected Outputs
2 frequency tone 40mS pulse on Selected Outputs
3 - 90mS pulse on Selected Outputs
4 On/Off control.(Onbeing low frequency)
160mS pulse on Selected Outputs
5 - 250mS pulse on Selected Outputs
6 high frequency tone 350mS pulse on Selected Outputs
7 - 480mS pulse on Selected Outputs
8 - 630mS pulse on Selected Outputs
9 - 800mS pulse on Selected Outputs
A - 980mS pulse on Selected Outputs
B - 1.2S pulse on Selected Outputs
C - 1.4S pulse on Selected Outputs
D - 1.6S pulse on Selected Outputs
E 1.9S pulse on Selected Outputs
F Turn on Selected Outputs
Factory Default FABs SABsTime in seconds
0 0.25 0.5 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75
Signal 3 (Continuous)
Output turns on Low frequency sound continuousevery 0.5 seconds.
4F 00 4F 00 4F 00 4F 00
Signal 2 (Evacuate)
First output turns on Low frequency soundcontinuously, then every half second the Highfrequency output is pulsed for 250mS.
4F 25 4F 25 4F 25 4F 25
Signal 1 (Alert)
Pulses high frequency for 250mS every half second.
65 00 65 00 65 00 65 00
Generic Commissioning instructions
124 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
S3
Mark I
An S3 device can operate in Tone or Voice mode, dependent on type.
All S3 in a system can share a common volume setting from a range between 16% to 100% sound output.
All S3 in a system can share a common soft start facility, if set the sound output will increment the volume every 0.25s from a definedstart level to maximum output.
Setting selectable using the commissioning tool:
S3 operating in tone mode allows selection from a range of low and high frequency tones that are outputted according to FAB/SABsettings, see sounders configurations section.
S3 set for Voice mode operation allows selection from a range of tones and messages that span over 10 seconds duration. Thetones and messages are those held in respective S3 device.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 125
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
Voice
The Sounder S providessound output over a durationas defined by the FAB/SABheld at the control panel
3
The Speech only Sprovides voice messagewith tone output.
3
If actioned:Signal 1 will provide strobe output at 0.5HzSignals 2 or Signal 3 will provide strobe output at 1Hz.
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 7
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 15
Message 1Message 2
““
Message 7
Standard ToneTone 1Tone 2
““
Tone 15
Attention tone Speech Message
Std tone or Tone n
10 seconds period
MessageTone + Message
Tone onlyTone
The sequence repeated until Sounder is silenced
FAB/SAB is output, see Soundersconfiguration held at the control panel
The Strobe S output isdefined by what signalis being actioned on the S .
3
3
Sounder
Strobe
S-Cubed Mark II and S-Quad
Speech functionThe new Mark II S-Cubed or S-Quad Speech sounder function isprovided by stored messages on a flash memory chip within theassembly. The standard flash memory can hold up to 20 secondsof audio and additionally it holds local complex attention tones,such as the bell and DIN signals. Each signal output from anS-Cubed or S-Quad Speech device consists of an attention tonefollowed by a message. The attention tone can be a localcomplex tone or a panel tone, such as the standard 'nee naw'
sound.
Strobe functionIn the event of a fire the appropriate S-Cubed or S-Quad devicein the system will output alarm signals according to the sitespecific configuration and these can be either signal 1, 2 or 3alarm:
� every 2s with signal 1
� every 1 second with signal 2
� every 1 second with signal 3
However the operation of the strobe with the signals 1, 2 and 3can be changed at the commissioning stage. The strobe issynchronised with S-Cubed and S-Quad strobes installed in thesame system.
� The Disability Act 1995 recommends visualalarms, like S-Cubed and S-Quad, are installed inprotected premises to warn occupants who are hard ofhearing.
Sounder functionA new Mark II S-Cubed or S-Quad sounder can operate in turbomode if configured during commissioning to provide further 3dBoutput. The sound outputs are based on the settings of the FABsand SABs at the panel that gives changing levels over 2 secondsduration in 8 time slots. The standard outputs are synchronisedwith the 34000 sounders and other S-Cubed or S-Quad devicesinstalled in the same system.
The volume of the sound output can be individually set at thedevice, note that the sound level should not be set lower than65dBA at 1m for standards compliance. The system preventsadjustment of volume down to zero. Another feature that can beconfigured is the soft start that ramps the sound volume graduallyto the maximum level set at the device.
Turbo and Non Turbo ModesThe S-Cubed or S-Quad sounders can output in turbo and/or innon turbo modes. When the panel commands a low or high toneoutput at S-Cubed or S-Quad, if configured duringcommissioning, the S-Cubed or S-Quad sounder will output turboand/or non turbo tones. The high and low FAB mappings areused to change the tone output of the S-Cubed or S-Quadsounder. The turbo mode outputs a waveform with a basicfrequency that is the same frequency as the resonant frequencyof the S-Cubed or S-Quad piezo. The non turbo mode outputsmodulated turbo waveform.
Generic Commissioning instructions
126 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
Turbo rich low tone
Turbo rich high tone
Turbo low tone
Turbo low tone - high output
Turbo square wave
Turbo high tone
Non-Turbo rich low tone
Non-Turbo rich high tone
Non-Turbo low tone (Default)
Non-Turbo low tone - high output
Non-Turbo square wave
Non-Turbo high tone (Default)
Wa
ve
form
sw
ith
ba
sic
fre
qu
en
cy
sa
me
as
reso
na
ntfr
eq
ue
ncy
ofp
iezo
Mo
du
late
dve
rsio
no
ftu
rbo
wa
ve
form
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
Programmable period
normally set at 10 seconds
can be configured up to 60 seconds
Programmable
Pre-speech silence
Attention tone Speech Message
Standard
or Complex
tone Message n
Programmable
Post-speech silence
It is possible to reprogram factory set speech messages
Auxiliary Relays
The two auxiliary relays in the control panel are defaulted tooperate on a sectored fire event aux relay 1 and Fault event auxrelay 2.
� the auxiliary relays can be configured fornormally-open or normally-closed operation.
� the relays may be configured to be operated with:
• a Fault
• a Warning
• any combination of Sectored Fire events
• or any of the above combination
� It is possible to delay the operation of each relay by up
to 10 minutes after the first FIRE event. The accuracyof the delay is 0 - 4 seconds.
� The relay will operate immediately for fault andwarning events.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 127
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
C-
Gu
idelin
es
for
sta
nd
alo
ne
syste
m
Appendix D - Guidelines for Networked systemcommandsThese functions apply to networked systems. See also guidelines for standalone system.
�For information on Command build actions across a network, see Appendix C.When commissioning a network of control panels, ensure the software version is same across all the panels. This isalso applicable when an existing network is to be installed with additional panels.
Master Sectors
� There can be up to a maximum of 64 Master Sectors per panel
� a total of 255 master sectors per network system
� they are therefore a collection of:
• Sectors
• Delayblocks
• Master Alarms
• and Aux Relays from one or more Systems.
� they provide global alarm actions across a network of control panels
Generic Commissioning instructions
128 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
D-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Netw
ork
ed
syste
m
MASTER SECTOR FUNCTIONS
PANEL 1 NETWORK PANEL 2
SIGNAL2
ON
O F F
ON
O F F
ON O
FF
SIGNAL1
SIGNAL3
ALLSIGNALS
OFF
SIGNAL2
ON
O F F
ON
O F F
ON O
FF
SIGNAL1
SIGNAL3
ALLSIGNALS
OFF
SECTORthat hasjust goneinto fire
SECTORthat hasjust goneinto fire
COMMANDBUILD
MASTERSECTOR 1
255 PERNETWORK
64 PERPANEL
MASTERSECTOR 2 SECTOR
MASTERALARM
AUXRELAY
COMMANDBUILD
SECTOR
COMMANDBUILD
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
TRIGGER
ASSIGN
ASSIGN
ACTION
DELAYBLOCK
ASSIGN
Guidelines
� Fire input sectors must only be assigned to one Master Sector.
� Output Sectors can be assigned to more than one Master Sector.
� Master Sectors can be actioned by a Sectored Fire Event.
� a triggered master sector can action (one or any combination of):
• Sector
• another Master Sector
• Command Build (not locally)
• Delay Blocks
• Master Alarms
• or Auxiliary Relays.
� If a Sector assigned to a Master Sector has a Fire Event, the Master Sector will not perform any local actions on thePanel in alarm.
� If a Command Build actions a Master Sector, the actions will be performed on other panels, but Command Buildswill not be triggered.
� A Master Sector must have something assigned to it before any Master Sector action links can be made to it.
� Master Sector Fire Event actions on other Panels can be stopped by global Silence Alarms .
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 129
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
D-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Netw
ork
ed
syste
m
Master Groups
� The verify control button that is applicable for EN panels only can operate globally, like the Sound alarm,Silence alarm and Reset buttons.
� There can be up to a maximum of 8 Master Groups per network.
� These are a collection of Groups used for:
• Selective fire and non fire event message routing within a Control Panel or around a Network of Panels
• and for routing Global Controls ‘Silence Alarms, Sound Alarms and/or Reset’ to designated Control Panels on aNetwork.
� Messages can be displayed or printed on Control Panels or Repeat Panels. Messages are routed on a Card by Cardbasis, ie:card 0 = Panel LCDcard 15 = Panel Printercards 1-8 = Repeats and Mimics (Loops 1-8)
• Each Card can be configured to display/print All Events (default) or just Fire Events. Repeat Panels on thesame loop will always give the same information.
� Once message passing has been setup for a global repeat or mimic indication, the local panel will also haveto have reset messages routed also any other groups than 0 will have to be routed.
� Groups within different Control Panels can be assigned to the same Master Group.
� Global controls can be configured to output/input or both.
� Messages and controls within a standalone system do not require any setting up.The Group 0 contains all panel events and fire resets and therefore must always be assigned to a Master Group.
Generic Commissioning instructions
130 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
D-
Gu
idelin
es
for
Netw
ork
ed
syste
m
MASTER GROUP FUNCTIONS
MASTER GROUP 1
MASTER GROUP 2
MASTER GROUP 3
MASTER GROUP 4
MASTER GROUP 5
MASTER GROUP 6
MASTER GROUP 7
MASTER GROUP 8
RESET
SILENCEALARMS
BOTH
LCCCARD 0
RESETINPUT
LINK
BOTH SILENCEALARMS
OUTPUT
Appendix E - CardsThis section contain copies of instructions leaflet supplied witheach card.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 131
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
E-
Card
s
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Generic Commissioning instructions
132 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
E-
Card
s
This leaflet covers the Main Control(ler) Card(VIG-MCC-24) which is designed for installation inVIG1-24 and VIG1-72 Vigilon panels.
Technical data
Overall size 157mm height x 100mm width
Weight 96g (approximate)
Lithium Battery CR2032 3V cell.
Replace the battery only withthe same or equivalent type.Dispose of all used batteriesaccording to themanufacturer’s instructions.
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storagetemperature
-10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condensing)
up to 90%
Battery connection
The MCC has a battery insulation sleeve or diskthat must be removed before the card is fitted in thebackplane.
� Once the battery insulation sleeve ordisk is removed from the MCC, the card MUSTNOT be placed on a metal surface as this mayresult in damage to the components on the card.
Backplane
The MCC card must be installed in the correctlocation in the backplane.
� An IO Card is not required for the connectionof DKC and Commissioning tool. The DKC ribboncables now connects to P2 and P4 on the MCC and theCommissioning tool connect to the USB port on MCC.
� When handling the card always useanti-static work procedures.
� Always ensure the panel is completelypowered down before removal or fitting of cardsinto the backplane. Power down the battery supplybefore the mains supply. The power up should bedone in a reverse order.
4188-906.01_12-06_new MCC 1
Data and Installation
Main Control Card(VIG-MCC-24)
by Honeywell
BATT1
Lithium battery + side up
Remove insulation sleeve ordisk before installing the card
SW1
USB portto acceptcommissioningtool connection
P2 socket to accept a20-way ribboncable from the DKC
P4 socket to accept a40-way ribboncable from the DKC
MCC card fits into the Backplaneslot marked P1 (MCC/LCC)
ResetSwitch
Chip2211-143V4.37
Master Controller Card (MCC)to be fitted to socketP1 CARD 0 on backplane
Secure the two ribboncables (at the fold) under the clamplocated on the backplane40 way ribbon
20 way ribbon
Card guides
Backplane
Main Controller Card or
Local Controller Card (SUPPLIED)
Network or IO Card (Optional)
Loop Processor Card (SUPPLIED)
or RS232
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Loop Processor Card or RS232
(Option)
Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
Network or RS232 or
Loop Card#
# for VIG1-72 only
P1 CARD 0
P2 CARD15
P3 CARD 1
P4 CARD 2
P5 CARD 3
P6 CARD 4
P7 CARD 5
P8 CARD 6
Backplane
Use the USB port onthe MCC to connect tothe Commissioning tool.
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Installation MCC
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 4188-906.01_12/06_new MCC
by Honeywell
At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should be disposed ofvia a suitable recycling centre and inaccordance with national or local legislation.
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This leaflet covers a range of Main Control(ler)Card (MCC) options for BS version 3/3+ controlpanels and terminal nodes. Each MCC is suppliedwith a number of chips having part numbers2211-xxx, see chart overleaf. The appropriate chipmust be fitted to the card before card installation.Card options:
� VIG-MCC-BS-NOD-UPG, 34K-MCC-UPGR,VIG-MCC-V3+, VIG-MCC-3400 andVIG-MCC-3500-NODE.
Chip 2211-xxx
� Fit the correct chip 2211-xxx in the MCC for thetype of panel or node, see chart overleaf.
Battery connection
The MCC has a battery sleeve that must beremoved before the MCC card is installed into thebackplane.
� Once the battery sleeve is removed fromthe MCC, the card MUST NOT be placed on a metalsurface as this may result in damage to thecomponents on the card.
Technical data
Overall size 157mm height x 100mmwidth
Weight 96g (approximate)
Lithium Battery CR2032 3V cell.
Replace the battery onlywith the same or equivalenttype. Dispose of all usedbatteries according to themanufacturer’s instructions.
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condensing)
up to 90%
Backplane
The MCC card must be installed in the correctlocation on the appropriate backplane.
4188-860 issue 1_01/06_MCC BS 1
Data and Installation instructions
Main Control Cards(BS - version 3 / 3+ panels or nodes)
by Honeywell
BATT1
Lithium battery + side up
Remove sleeve beforeinstalling the card
SW1
USB port forfuture use
P2 for future useP4 to accept a40-way ribboncable from the DKC
MCC card socket fitsinto the Backplane slot for (LCC)
ResetSwitch
Part number2211-xxx
40 WAY
RIBBON
CABLE
20 WAY
RIBBON
CABLE
MAIN CONTROL CARD(Slot or Card 0)
INPUT OUTPUT CARD(Slot or Card 15)
RAM (Memory) CARD(Slot or Card 3)
LOOP PROCESSOR CARDloop 1(Slot or Card 1)
LOOP PROCESSORCARD Loop 2 optional(Slot or Card 2)
NETWORKCARD
(Slot or Card 13)
SPARE
SLOT
IO CARD(Slot orCard 15)
MAINCONTROL
CARD
(Slot or Card 0)
P4 P5 P6 P7AC
ACE
-
+
IO switchenabledongle Dongle
To DKC 40 way ribboncable
20 way ribboncable
Main Control card
Input/Output card
Loop Processor card
Space for 3 LoopProcessors
RAM Card (only fittedin 16 line display panel)Network card
P1
P4
LCC - P1
IOC- P2
LOOP 1 - P3
LOOP 2 - P4
LOOP 3 - P5
LOOP 4 - P6
P7
P8
NETWORKCard(Not usedfor 3300)
Loop (3300)
IOCARD
MAINCONTROL
CARD
P4 P5 P6 P7AC
ACE
-+
SPARESLOT
32K and Senator 2 Network Interfacebackplane
3300 Mk2, 32K and Senator 2Control panel backplane
3505 Terminal node backplane
Vigilon and 34K Control panel andNetwork node backplane
MAIN CONTROLCARD
3404 & 3300 Mk1 Control panel backplane
MAIN CONTROLCARD
3408 Control panel backplane
IOC
LOOP PROCESSOR CARDS
RAM NCIOCRAM NC
3300
3404LOOP PROCESSOR CARDS
NORMAL
HALT
Data and Installation instructions Main Control Cards (MCC)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 4188-860 issue 1_01/06_MCC BS
by Honeywell
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
Co
mm
issio
nS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Vig
ilon
BS
34
KB
S
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
34
04
33
00
Mk
1
Co
ntr
olp
an
el
32
Ko
r
Se
na
tor
2
33
00
Mk
2
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
34
08
Co
ntr
olp
an
el
34
08
FIR
EA
LA
RM
CO
NT
RO
L
Pa
rtn
um
be
r2
211
-xx
x
Ma
inC
on
tro
lC
ard
(BS
ve
rsio
n3
/3+
)-
Co
mpa
tib
ility
Info
rma
tio
n
GE
NT
35
05
Term
inalN
od
e
32
K
Se
na
tor
2
Ne
two
rkIn
terf
ac
eF
ault
Po
we
r
Co
mm
issio
nS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Vig
ilon
BS
34
KB
S
Netw
ork
No
de
VIG
-MC
C-B
S-N
OD
-UP
G
34
K-M
CC
-UP
GR
VIG
-MC
C-V
3+
VIG
-MC
C-3
40
0
VIG
-MC
C-3
50
0-N
OD
E
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
Co
mm
issio
nS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vi o
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Vig
ilon
BS
34
KB
S
Netw
ork
No
de
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Syste
mF
au
lt
Test
Fir
e
Po
wer
Po
wer
Fau
ltV
eri
fy
CB
253
CB
254
Dis
ab
lem
en
tP
rev
iou
sN
ex
t
Vig
BS
34
KB
S
22
11
-15
3
22
11
-17
1
Vig
BS
34
KB
S
22
11
-16
8
22
11
-17
0
34
KB
S2
211
-16
9
Vig
BS
22
11
-15
0
33
00
Ma
rk2
To
be
ad
vis
ed
32
K/S
en
ato
r2
22
11
-16
6
34
08
22
11
-16
43
40
4/
33
00
Mk
12
211
-16
4
Cu
rren
tp
rod
ucts
Past
Pro
du
cts
Main
Co
ntr
ol
Ca
rd
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
Com
mis
sio
nS
yst e
mF
ault
Fir
e
Wa
rnin
g
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon/3
4000
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1998
8lin
ed
isp
lay
16
line
dis
pla
y
7 8
91
0
11
12
3 4
5
87
9 10
11
6
Vig
BS
22
11
-14
4
1
34
KB
S2
211
-15
1
2
Vig
ilon
BS
34
KB
S
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
Co
mm
issio
nS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vi o
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Syste
mF
au
lt
Co
mm
issio
n
Fir
e
Po
we
r
Po
we
rF
au
ltV
eri
fy
CB
253
CB
254
Warn
ing
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fa
ult
Sy
ste
mF
au
lt
Co
mm
iss
ion
Fir
e
Po
we
r
Po
we
rF
au
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
25
4
Wa
rnin
gP
rev
iou
sN
ex
t
1 2
3 45
14
13
15
16
17
6
14
32
K/S
en
ato
r2
22
11
-16
5
12
13
15
16
35
05
22
11
-16
5
17
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
Com
mis
sio
nS
yst e
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Wa
rnin
g
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon/3
4000
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1998
an
da
refu
ture
op
tio
ns.
11
91
0
With
ou
tZ
on
e,
De
lay
an
dS
ou
nd
er
LE
Ds
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Designed
to
EN54
Pt
2&
4
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fa
ult
Sy
ste
mF
au
lt
Te
st
Fir
e
Po
we
r
Po
we
rF
au
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
25
4
Dis
ab
lem
en
tP
rev
iou
sN
ex
t
#A
RA
MC
ard
iso
nly
fitt
ed
inV
igilo
np
an
el
havin
g16
lin
ed
isp
lay
an
dw
here
the
backp
lan
eh
as
no
flash
.
With
ou
tZ
on
e,
De
lay
an
dS
ou
nd
er
LE
Ds
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This leaflet covers a range of Main Control(ler) Card(MCC) options for EN version 4.xx control panelsand Network nodes. Each MCC is supplied with anumber of chips having part numbers 2211-xxx,see chart overleaf. The appropriate chip must befitted to the card before card installation. Cardoptions:
� VIG-MCC-UPGR
� VIG-MCC-EN-NOD-UPG.
Chip 2211-xxx
� Fit the correct chip 2211-xxx in the MCC for thetype of panel or node, see chart overleaf.
Battery connection
The MCC has a battery sleeve that must beremoved before the card is fitted in the backplane.
� Once the battery sleeve is removed fromthe MCC, the card MUST NOT be placed on a metalsurface as this may result in damage to thecomponents on the card.
Backplane
The MCC card must be installed in the correctlocation in the backplane.
Technical data
Overall size 157mm height x 100mmwidth
Weight 96g (approximate)
Lithium Battery CR2032 3V cell.
Replace the battery onlywith the same or equivalenttype. Dispose of all usedbatteries according to themanufacturer’s instructions.
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condensing)
up to 90%
4188-861 issue 1_01/06_MCC EN 1
Data and Installation instructions
Main Control Cards(EN version 4.xx panels or nodes)
by Honeywell
BATT1
Lithium battery + side up
Remove sleeve beforeinstalling the card
SW1
USB port forfuture use
P2 for future useP4 to accept a40-way ribboncable from the DKC
MCC card socket fitsinto the Backplane slot for (LCC)
ResetSwitch
Part number2211-xxx
To DKC 40 way ribboncable
20 way ribboncable
Main Control card
Input/Output card
Loop Processor card
Space for 3 LoopProcessors
RAM Card #
Network card
P1
P4
LCC - P1
IOC- P2
LOOP 1 - P3
LOOP 2 - P4
LOOP 3 - P5
LOOP 4 - P6
P7
P8
Vigilon Control panel andNetwork node backplane
# A RAM Card is only fitted in Vigilon panelhaving 16 line display and where thebackplane has no flash.
Data and Installation instructions Main Control Cards (MCC)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 4188-861 issue 1_01/06_MCC EN
by Honeywell
Fau
lt
Pow
er
Com
mis
si o
nS
yst e
mF
ault
Fir
e
Dis
able
ment
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Pa
ne
lh
ea
lth
y1
2:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1
99
8
Vig
ilon
EN
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
Vig
ilon
EN
+Z
nL
ED
sP
ostF
eb
05
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
Pa
rtn
um
be
r2
211
-xx
x
Ma
inC
on
tro
lC
ard
(EN
)-
Co
mpa
tib
ility
Info
rma
tio
n
Fau
lt
Pow
er
Com
mis
si o
nS
yst e
mF
ault
Fir
e
Dis
able
ment
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Pa
ne
lh
ea
lth
y1
2:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1
99
8
Vig
ilon
EN
Netw
ork
No
de
Fau
lt
Pow
er
Com
mis
sio
nS
yste
mF
ault
Fir
e
Dis
able
ment
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Fault
Fir
e
Syste
mfa
ult
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
So
un
der
Po
wer
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
TLim
ited
2003
Desig
ned
toE
N54
Pt2
&4
Panelhealthy
15:4
5
12
34
56
78
91
011
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
30
32
Zo
ne
s
Pre
vio
us
Next
Vig
ilon
EN
+Z
nL
ED
sP
reF
eb
05
Co
ntr
olP
an
el
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Designed
to
EN54
Pt
2&
4
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Sy
ste
mF
au
lt
De
lay
Te
st
Fir
e
Po
we
r
Po
we
rF
au
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
25
4
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
So
un
de
r
12
34
56
78
910
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
30
32
Zo
nes
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
VIG
-MC
C-U
PG
R
VIG
-MC
C-E
N-N
OD
-UP
G
Fau
lt
Pow
er
Com
mis
sio
nS
yste
mF
ault
Fir
e
Dis
able
ment
Pre
vi o
us
Ne
xt
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
mG
EN
T1998
Vig
ilon
EN
Netw
ork
No
de
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Sy
ste
mF
au
lt
De
lay
Te
st
Fir
e
Po
we
r
Po
we
rF
au
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
25
4
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
So
un
de
r
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Vig
EN
22
11
-15
2
Vig
EN
-Zn
PostF
eb
05
22
11
-14
3
Vig
EN
-Zn
Pre
Feb
05
22
11
-14
7
Vig
EN
22
11
-15
5
Vig
EN
22
11
-17
6
Cu
rren
tp
rod
ucts
Past
Pro
du
cts
Main
Co
ntr
ol
Ca
rd
8lin
ed
isp
lay
16
line
dis
pla
y
Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Designed
to
EN54
Pt
2&
4
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Syste
mF
au
lt
Dela
y
Te
st
Fir
e
Po
wer
Po
wer
Fau
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
25
4
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
So
un
der
12
34
56
78
910
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
30
32
Zo
ne
s
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
So
un
de
rS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Pa
ne
lh
ea
lth
y1
2:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1
99
8
12
34
56
78
910
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
30
32
Zo
nes
Panelhealthy
12:0
0
GE
NT
1998
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syst e
m
Po
wer
So
un
der
Syste
mF
au
lt
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Fir
eF
au
lt
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Fau
lt
Po
we
r
So
un
de
rS
yste
mF
au
lt
Fir
e
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
Pre
vio
us
Ne
xt
Pa
ne
lh
ea
lth
y1
2:0
0
Vig
ilon
Fire
Syste
mG
EN
T1
99
8Vigilon
Fire
System
GENT
2005
Panel
Healthy
15:45
Fau
lt
Syste
mF
au
lt
Dela
y
Test
Fir
e
Po
wer
Po
wer
Fau
ltV
eri
fy
CB
25
3
CB
254
Dis
ab
lem
en
t
So
un
der
Pre
vio
us
Next
With
ou
tZ
on
eL
ED
With
Zo
ne
LE
DW
ith
Zo
ne
LE
D
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This copper network card is used to allow messages of statusand control data to pass between control panels and network(or terminal) nodes in a networked fire system. The card mustbe plugged into the backplane of each panel and node in adedicated slot. When it is plugged into the slot P8 on thebackplane the external cables must be connected to terminalblock P10, which is also located on the backplane.The dual-in-line switches on the card are set to program theaddress number and baud rate.
Connecting the Panels and Nodes
This network card can be installed in:
Vigilon or 34K Fire Panels
• VIG1-V3+ or 34K1-V3+
• VIG1-NET-V3+
• VIG2-V3+
• VIG2-NET-V3+
• VIG3-V3+
• VIG3-NET-V3+
• VIG4-V3+
• VIG4-NET -V3+
Vigilon or 34K Network (or Terminal) Node
• VIG-NODE-V3+ or 34K-NODE-V3+
Specification
Overall size 128mm height x 100mm width
Node address range 1 to 31
Baud 2400, 9600, 19.2K and 38.4K
Operating voltage ±5V (RS485)
Terminations Terminal block P10 assumingNetwork card is installed inbackplane slot P8
Cable Belden 9729 (example)
Weight 72g (approximate)
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condenscing)
up to 90%
Using the Copper Network card a maximum of up to 31 Controlpanels and Network (Terminal) nodes can be connected in asecure network loop, with up to 1.2Km cable distance betweenpanels/nodes dependent on cable type.
Copper Network Card (BS) 4188-789 issue 2_12/05 1
Installation instructions
Copper Network Card (BS)(VIG/34K-NC-V3+) for BS5839 Vigilon or 34K Network
by Honeywell
P10
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
BACKPLANE
Control Panelor Network Node
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve I
P10
BACKPLANE
Control PanelNetwork Node
Cable screen
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
To Nextpanelor node
Fromprevious
panelor node
Noconnection
Noconnection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve I
The 0V connectionis as shown.
Switch settings
� The copper network card is factory set for 38.4K baud with node address 4.
Node address switch numbers and settingsBaud rate switchnumbers and settings
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64 off off off off off off off off 2400
1 on off off off off off on off 9600
2 off on off off off off off on 19.2K
3 on on off off off off on on 38.4K
4 off off on off off off
63 on on on on on on
Address Baud
- factory settings
Installation instructions Copper Network Card (BS)
Gent by Honeywellreserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutoblication to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 Copper Network Card (BS) 4188-789 issue 2_12/05
by Honeywell
87
65
43
21
Copper Network Card
On
Off
SW1
To DKC
40 wayribboncable
20 wayribboncable
P1
P4
BackplaneLCC - Local Controller CardMCC - Main Control CardIOC - Input Output CardNC - Network CardLOOP n - Loop Processor Card
Network Card
backplane
MCC / LCC
IOC
LOOP 1
LOOP 2
LOOP 3
LOOP 4
IOC / NC
NC
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
CARD 0
CARD 15
CARD 1
CARD 2
CARD 3
CARD 4
CARD 5
CARD 6
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This copper network card is used to allow data to passbetween control panels and network nodes installed in anetworked fire system. The card must be plugged into thebackplane of the panel or node in a dedicated slot. When it isplugged into the slot P8 on the backplane the external cablesmust be connected to terminal block P10, which is also on thebackplane.
The dual-in-line switches on the card are set to program theaddress number and baud rate.
� Where a copper network card is plugged intoa control panel or network node, ensure the panel/nodeLocal Controller software is at Version 4.00 or later.
Connecting the Panels and Nodes
This network card can be installed in:
Vigilon Fire Panels
• VIG1
• VIG1-NET
• VIG2
• VIG2-NET
• VIG3
• VIG3-NET
• VIG4
• VIG4-NET
Vigilon Network Node
• VIG-NODE.
Technical data
Overall size 128mm height x 100mm width
Node address range 1 to 31
Baud 2400, 9600, 19.2K and 38.4K
Operating voltage �5V (RS485)
Terminations Terminal block P10 assumingNetwork card is installed inbackplane slot P8
Cable Belden 9729 (example)
Weight 72g (approximate)
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condenscing)
up to 90%
Using the Copper Network card a maximum of up to 31 Controlpanels and Network nodes can be connected in a securenetwork loop, with up to 1.2Km cable distance betweenpanels/nodes dependent on cable type.
Copper Network Card (EN54) 4188-832 issue 2_12/05 1
by Honeywell
Installation instructions
Copper Network Card (EN)(VIG-NC) for EN54 Vigilon Network
P10
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
BACKPLANE
Control Panelor Network Node
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve I
P10
BACKPLANE
Control PanelNetwork Node
Cable screen
Connections forNetwork card inSocket P8 (Card 6)
To Nextpanelor node
Fromprevious
panelor node
Noconnection
Noconnection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 80V -ve +ve 0V I -ve +ve I
The 0V connectionis as shown.
Switch settings
� The copper network card is factory set for 38.4K baud with node address 4.
Node address switch numbers and settingsBaud rate switchnumbers and settings
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
64 off off off off off off off off 2400
1 on off off off off off on off 9600
2 off on off off off off off on 19.2K
3 on on off off off off on on 38.4K
4 off off on off off off
63 on on on on on on
Address Baud
- factory settings
Installation instructions Copper Network Card (EN)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutoblication to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 Copper Network Card (EN54) 4188-832 issue 2_12/05
by Honeywell
87
65
43
21
Copper Network Card
On
Off
SW1
To DKC
40 wayribboncable
20 wayribboncable
P1
P4
BackplaneLCC - Local Controller CardMCC - Main Control CardIOC - Input Output CardNC - Network CardLOOP n - Loop Processor Card
Network Card
backplane
MCC / LCC
IOC
LOOP 1
LOOP 2
LOOP 3
LOOP 4
IOC / NC
NC
P1
P2
P3
P4
P5
P6
P7
P8
CARD 0
CARD 15
CARD 1
CARD 2
CARD 3
CARD 4
CARD 5
CARD 6
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
The fibre network card allows fast message passing to thenetwork. The card must be plugged into the backplane of thepanel or node in a dedicated slot. The fibre optic cablesconnect directly to sockets on the card. There are two types offibre network cards for secure EN54 Vigilon network.
� Where a fibre network card is plugged into acontrol panel or a network node ensure their LocalController software is at Version 4.00 or later whenusing VIG-NC-FO and version 4.16 or later when usingVIG-NC-DOM-FO.
� VIG-NC-FO Fibre Optic Network card
Using the Fibre Optic Network card VIG-NC-FO up to 31Control panels and Network Nodes can be connected in asecure loop. There can be up to 2Km Fibre Optic cabledistance between panel and node.
� VIG-NC-DOM-FO Fibre Optic Network card(for Domain bridge)
Using the Fibre Optic Network card VIG-NC-DOM-FO up to64 smaller networks can be connected to form a securedomain. The Fibre Optic cable distance between nodes of thesmaller networks can be up to 2Km. The entire system canhave up to 200 panels/nodes.
Specification
Overall size 144mm height x 100mm width
Node addressrange
1 to 64 (VIG-NC-DOM-FO)
1 to 32 (VIG-NC-FO)
Baud 19.2K, 38.4K, 115.2K and230.4K
Terminations /Fibre Optics
ST connection is by means of theST sockets on the Network card.
Cable: Multi mode 62.5 / 125µmFibre 820nm wavelength
Weight 82g (approximate)
Operatingtemperature
0�C to 45�C
Storagetemperature
-10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condenscing)
up to 90%
Connecting Panels and Nodes
� Ensure the patch leads are of the correctlength. The leads connect directly to the Fibre NetworkCard and patch panel.
new fibre Network Card (EN) 4188-790 issue 2_07/06 1
Installation instructions
new fibre Network Card (EN)(VIG-NC-FO and VIG-NC-DOM-FO) for Vigilon Network
by Honeywell
C8
76
54
32
1
BACKPLANE
Control Panel or Network Node
End 1 End 2
P7Rx
P4Tx
P6Rx
P5Tx
P3P2
Links P2 and P3 are booster links.Normally the links are not fitted, however fordistance exceeding 750m the links must be fitted.P2 settings are for End 1P3 settings are for End 2
RxTx Rx
Tx
Backplane slot and switch location on aFibre Optics Network card
� The fibre optic network cards are factory setfor 38.4K baud with node address 4.
Switch settings
Node Address and switch settings Switch settings and Baud rate
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
64 off off off off off off off off 19.2K
1 on off off off off off on off 38.4K
2 off on off off off off off on 115.2K
3 on on off off off off on on 230.4K
4 off off on off off off
63 on on on on on on
- Factory settings
Installation instructions new fibre Network Card (EN)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutoblication to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
Registered office: Novar House: 24 Queens Road, Weybridge, Surrey KT13 9UX
2 new fibre Network Card (EN) 4188-790 issue 2_07/06
by Honeywell
Fibre Optics Network Card
C8
76
54
32
1
C8
76
54
32
1
BA
UD
AD
DR
ES
S
On Off
To DKC 40 way ribboncable
20 way ribboncable
Local Controller card
Input/Output card
Loop Processor card
Space for 3 LoopProcessors
Network card
P1
P4
LCC - P1
IOC- P2
LOOP 1 - P3
LOOP 2 - P4
LOOP 3 - P5
LOOP 4 - P6
P7
P8
Backplane
SW1
MCC/
The new Input Output (IO) cards part numbers VIG-IOC-V3+and 34K-IOC-V3+ have version 3+ software. They aredesigned for installation in fire panels to BS5839:Part 4, suchas the Vigilon, 34000, 32000, 3400 and 3300 analogueaddressable fire panels and Network (or Terminal) nodes.
new IO cards replaces existing IO cards
The new IO card combine the functions of all the existing IOcards and will replace the existing IO cards:
VIG-IOC-PRT-V3+ 34K-IOC-PRT-V3+
VIG-IOC-ASCOM-V3+ 34K-IOC-UFD-V3+
VIG-IOC-UFD-V3+ 34K-IOC-UNI-V3+
VIG-IOC-UNI-V3+ 34K-IOC-SLV-V3+
13432-03V3 32023-21
13332-13
The existing IO cards listed above are no longer available.
Specification
Overall size 148mm height x 100mmwidth
Node address range 1 to 31
Baud
(When installed as anadditional IO card)
1200, 1800, 2400, 3600,4800, 7200, 9600 and 19200
RS232 (Port 0)
RS485 (Port 1)
10m cable distance
1.2Km cable distance
Weight 72g (approximate)
Operating temperature 0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condensing)
up to 90%
� There is no need to switch between theRS232 and RS485 ports as they are both available forsimultaneous use.
IO installation and associated terminalsThe diagram below shows the associated terminal for standardIO card when it is installed in the backplane of panel/node.
Control Panel or
Network Node
Backplaneplug inlocation
Associatedterminals onterminal card
RS232/RS485
Vigilon Control panel P2 P4
34000 Control panel P2 P4
Network node forVigilon and 34000
P2 P15
32000 Control panel IOC P2
Network node for32000
P6 P8-P9
3404 Control panel SK2 TB9/TB10
3408 Control panel SK2 TB6
3405 Network nodefor 3408/3404
P5 P6
new IO Card V3+ (BS) 4188-797 issue 2_7/05 1
Installation instructions
new IO Card V3+ (BS)(VIG-IOC-V3+ / 34K-IOC-V3+)
by Honeywell
TxCTS RxRTS
RS232 (Port 0)
Terminal card
-ve 5V +ve 0V
RS485 (Port 1)
Checks
� Set the rotary switch SW2 to a required function.
� Ensure all DIP switches of SW1 are set to the Offposition before installing the IO card in the backplaneof Vigilon or 34000 system Control panel or Networknode.
� A 20 way ribbon cable connects between DKC
connector P4 and the IO card socket P2.
� One additional IO card can be fitted into the sparesocket on the backplane of the Vigilon/34000/3400control panels and up to four into the backplanesockets of the associated Network node.
When installing an additional IO card it is important to
set its DIP switches SW1 to the required baud rate and
node address and the rotary switch SW2 to therequired function before installing the card in a sparesocket of the backplane.
Setting switches SW1 and SW2
� IMPORTANT:The Vigilon and 34000 Control Panels make use of the DIPswitches on the DKC, located on the inner door. Theswitches are used to set address and baud rate. For thesepanels it is important that the DIP switches SW1 on the IOcard are ALL set in the UP or OFF position so that theyare ignored.
SW1 Switch settingsThe switch positions shown here are applicable for the new IOCard when installed as an additional IO card in the Vigilon or34000 panel or node.
� No dongle is required for the DIP switches towork, when used as a second or additional IO card.
Baud Rate Node Address
1 2 3 | 4 5| 6 7 8 |
Off Off Off 1200 baud Off Off Off Off Off
Off Off On 1800 baud Off Off Off Off On 1
Off On Off 2400 baud Off Off Off On Off 2
Off On On 3600 baud Off Off Off On On 3
On Off Off 4800 baud Off Off On Off Off 4
On Off On 7200 baud Off Off On Off On 5
On On Off 9600 baud Off Off On On Off 6
On On On 19200 baud Off Off On On On 7
|
On On On On On upto
31
SW2 Switch settings
RotaryswitchPos.
Standard connectionsPort 0 (RS232) Mode
Port 1(RS485mode)
0 or 8 3217 Half Duplex Switchposition from0 to 7 sets thisport forRepeat panelat 1200 baud.
Switchposition from8 to F setsthis port forotherapplications at9600 baud.
1 or 9 Slave I/O
2 or A Remote Printer (asVIG-IOC-PRT-V3+)
3 or B Universal Full-Duplex (asVIG-IOC-UFD-V3+)
4 or C Ascom Pager (asVIG-IOC-ASCOM-V3+)
5 or D Domain Bridge Full-Duplex
6 or E Universal Half-Duplex (asVIG-IOC-UNI-V3+)
7 or F -
Factory settings
Installation instructions new IO Card - version 3+ (BS)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 new IO Card V3+ (BS) 4188-797 issue 2_7/05
P3
1 2 3
On
Off 87
65
43
21
SW1
SW2
IC4
P2new IO Card
Vigilon,34000,
34003300 Mark 1
32000 &3300 Mark 2
P3
1 2 3
Factoryset to 0
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This new Input Output (IO) card (part no. VIG-IOC-DOM) isdesigned for installation in EN54 Vigilon analogue addressablefire panels and Network node:
Vigilon Fire Panels
• VIG1
• VIG1-NET
• VIG2
• VIG2-NET
• VIG3
• VIG3-NET
• VIG4
• VIG4-NET
Vigilon Network (Terminal) Node
• VIG-NODE.
new IO card replaces existing IO cards
The new IO card combines the functions of and will replace theexisting IO cards:
• VIG-IOC-PRT
• VIG-IOC-ASCOM
• VIG-IOC-UFD
• VIG-IOC-UNI
The existing IO cards are no longer available.
Specification
Overall size 148mm height x 100mmwidth
Node address range 1 to 31
Baud
(When installed as anadditional IO card)
1200, 1800, 2400, 3600,4800, 7200, 9600 and 19200
RS232 (Port 0)
RS485 (Port 1)
10m cable distance
1.2Km cable distance
Weight 72g (approximate)
Operating temperature 0�C to 45�C
Storage temperature -10�C to 55�C
Relative humidity(non condenscing)
up to 90%
� There is no need to switch between theRS232 and RS485 ports as they are both available forsimultaneous use.
IO card installation and associatedterminalsThe diagram below shows the associated terminals forstandard IO card when it is installed in the backplane ofpanel/node.
Checks
� Set the rotary switch SW2 to a required function.
� Ensure all DIP switches SW1 are set to the Off
position before installing the IO card in socket P2 ofthe backplane
� Connect the 20 way ribbon cable from DKC
connector P4 to the IO card socket P2.
� One additional IO card can be fitted into the
backplane spare socket P7 of the control panel andup to four into the backplane sockets of the Networknode.
When installing an additional IO card it is important
to set its DIP switches SW1 to the required baud rate
and node address and the rotary switch SW2 to therequired function before installing the card in a sparesocket of the backplane.
new IO Card (EN54) 4188-777 issue 3_11/05 1
Installation instructions
new IO Card (EN54)(VIG-IOC-DOM)
by Honeywell
TxCTS RxRTS
RS232 (Port 0)
Terminal card
-ve 5V +ve 0V
RS485 (Port 1)
IO card location
One new IO card is normally fitted as Card 15 in socket P2 ofthe Control panel backplane.
Setting switches SW1 and SW2
� IMPORTANT:The Vigilon Control Panel make use of the DIP switcheson the DKC, located on the inner door. The switches areused to set address and baud rate. It is important that theDIP switches SW1 on the IO card are ALL set in the UP orOFF position so that they are ignored.
SW1 Switch settingsThe switch positions shown here are applicable for the new IOCard when installed as an additional IO card.
� No dongle is required for DIP switches towork when used as second or additional IO card.
Baud Rate Node Address
1 2 3 | 4 5| 6 7 8 |
Off Off Off 1200 baud Off Off Off Off Off
Off Off On 1800 baud Off Off Off Off On 1
Off On Off 2400 baud Off Off Off On Off 2
Off On On 3600 baud Off Off Off On On 3
On Off Off 4800 baud Off Off On Off Off 4
On Off On 7200 baud Off Off On Off On 5
On On Off 9600 baud Off Off On On Off 6
On On On 19200 baud Off Off On On On 7
|
On On On On On upto
31
Factory settings
SW2 Switch settings
RotarySwitchPos.
Standard connectionsPort 0 (RS232) Mode
Port 1(RS485 mode
0 3217 Half/Full-Duplex Switchposition from0 to 7 sets thisport forRepeat panelat 1200 baud.
Switchposition from8 to F setsthis port forotherapplicationsat 9600 baud.
1 Slave I/O
2 Remote Printer (asVIG-IOC-PRT)
3 Universal Full-Duplex (asVIG-IOC-UFD)
4 Ascom Pager (asVIG-IOC-ASCOM)
5 Domain Bridge Full-Duplex
6 Universal Half-Duplex (asVIG-IOC-UNI)
7 -
Factory setting
Installation instructions new IO Card EN54 (VIG-IOC-DOM)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK. Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 new IO Card (EN54) 4188-777 issue 3_11/05
by Honeywell
To DKC 40 way ribboncable
20 way ribboncable
Local Controller card
Input/Output card
Loop Processor card
Space for 3 LoopProcessors
Network card
P1
P4
LCC - P1
IOC- P2
LOOP 1 - P3
LOOP 2 - P4
LOOP 3 - P5
LOOP 4 - P6
P7
P8
Backplane
P3
1 2 3
On
Off 87
65
43
21
SW1
SW2
IC4
P2new IO Card
Factoryset to 5
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
This kit may be required when installing a replacement PSU ina Vigilon panel.
� If upgrading to new earthing arrangementthe EMC cover part number 4094-290.01 will be requiredand is available free of charge upon request from GENTSales.
� Before working on the panel you mustfirst power down the mains and battery supply tothe panel.
Kit
This kit must be used to correctly wire the replacement PSU
No. Qty
�
Back box spade connector to mainsinput filter earth. Yellow/Green wire
1
�
Back box spade connector to PSUearth. Yellow/Green wire
1
�
Mains filter to PSU live (brown) andneutral (blue) wire loom
1
�Spade connector
1
� Cable tie 1
�
Primary earth label
1
�Nut
1
Shake proof washer
3
� The parts in the kits are used according tothe wiring arrangements.
Parts used
Parts used when converting the old earthing arrangement tothe new earthing arrangement:
Items required:�����
Parts used when converting the new earthing arrangement tothe old earthing arrangement:
Items required:�����
Wiring arrangements
Conversion kit 4188-823 issue 1_05/06 1
Installation instructions
Conversion kit(2534-196) for PSU wiring in Vigilon panel
by Honeywell
E
L
N L
PSU Chassis
TE
PCB
LEN
N
L
N L
PSU Chassis
TE
PCB
LEN
N
PSU with oldearthing arrangement
PSU with newearthing arrangement
L
N L
PSU Chassis
TE - Transformer EarthPCE - PSU Chassis Earth
PCB
LEN
N
E
L
N L
PSU Chassis
TE
PCB
LEN
N
PSU with Newearthing arrangement
PSU with oldearthing arrangement
Wiring arrangementbefore replacing the PSU
Wiring arrangementafter replacing the PSU
MainsFilterMains
Filter
MainsFilter
MainsFilter
Converting from the old earthing arrangement
TE
PCEPCE
PCEPCE
Converting from the new earthing arrangementWiring arrangementbefore replacing the PSU
Wiring arrangementafter replacing the PSU
How to fit the kit when replacing the PSU
a. Power down the mains and battery supply to thepanel.
b. Disconnect the two ribbon cables fitted to thePSU PCB.
c. Remove, if fitted, the 0V black lead from theprinter to the PSU.
d. Remove, if fitted, the terminal cover over themains terminal on the PSU chassis.
e. Remove, if fitted, the EMC Cover. If upgrading tothe new wiring arrangement a new cover will berequired.
� The EMC cover will be available free of chargeupon request from GENT Sales.
f. Disconnect the battery loom from the terminalcard.
g. Remove the Fuse holder from the mains terminalmounted on the back box.
h. Remove, if fitted, the clear moulded mainsterminal cover and nylon fastener. These itemsshould be discarded, as they are no longerrequired.
i. Disconnect the transformer earth if fitted to theprimary earth.
j. Disconnect the BLUE and BROWN (and theGREEN/YELLOW wire if fitted) from theterminals on PSU chassis
k. Loosen the three knurled captive screws thatsecures the PSU to backbox and then unhookthe PSU assembly out of the backbox.
l. Fit the replacement PSU onto the backbox andsecure it to the backbox.
m. Wire the PSU mains cables according to thewiring arrangement. Ensure the primary earthpoint Tag (spade connector) and shakeproofwashers and nut provided are correctly fitted,see illustrations.
� ENSURE THAT THE NUT ON THE EARTHBONDING STRIP IS SECURELY TIGHTENED AS THISPROVIDES THE PRIMARY EARTH FOR THE CONTROLPANEL.
n. Use the cable tie to secure any loose cable.o. Fit the supplied Primary Earth Label next to the
earth bonding strip.
Assembly of primary earth point
Assemble the primary earth according to the required wiringarrangement.
To ease installation it is suggested that the Earth cable and theTag (Spade connector) are mounted at right angles to eachother.
Installation instructions Conversion kit
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 Conversion kit 4188-823 issue 1_05/06
by Honeywell
Earth Bonding StripShake Proof Washer
Earth Wire (Green/Yellow) to filter
TAG for Transformer Earth
M4 NUTM4 STUD
M4 Nut
Earth Wire (Green/Yellow) to filterTAG for Transformer Earth
M4 Stud
LEN
Earth Bonding StripShake Proof Washer
M4 NUTM4 STUD
LEN
Appendix F - DevicecommissioningThe appendix has information on commissioning devices such asinterface units, Beam sensors and Mimic panels connected on aloop circuit.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms. 133
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
F-
Devic
eco
mm
issio
nin
g
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Generic Commissioning instructions
134 4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Ap
pen
dix
F-
Devic
eco
mm
issio
nin
g
Repeat indicator panelAlways press the RESET button after setting the switches.
Port 0 is a factory configured to RS485 for connecting Repeatindicator panel. It is factory set for RS485 at 1200 baud. Ifhowever the port settings were changed then it is possible toreconfigure Port 0.
� If there is only one repeat indicator panelconnected to the control panel then an external 24Vpower supply is NOT required. Connect the 24V wiredirectly to the control panel
� On the control panel, RS485 Port 2 may beused to connect repeat indicator panels. You will needto configure Port 2 for Repeat mode and required baud.
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
0
+
RE
L
- 24
V
ab
RS
48
5
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
J6 J5 J7
Back cableentry point
Thinned sectionson sides of enclosure forcable entry 4 enclosure fixing points
Dual in line switch
Resetswitch
PANEL
MASTER CONTROLBOARD
Terminals P15 is PORT 0 ofMaster Control Board
(Card 0)
The factory defaultsetting of PORT 0 is set
forto allow repeat indicator
panel connection
Repeat mode
REPEAT RS485
24V B A0V
P15
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 1
a
bRS485
earth
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 4
a
bRS485
earth
UP TO 4 REPEATINDICATOR PANELSMAXIMUM
S24
RESETS24
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 3
RESET
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 2
ON
RESET
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 1
ON
RESET
REPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 4
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S24
24VPOWERSUPPLY UNIT
J2 J3 J4
J6 J5 J7
J2 J3 J4
J6 J5 J7
J2 J3 J4
J6 J5 J7
J2 J3 J4
J6 J5 J7
END STATION LINK SETTING
NOTE: IF ONLY ONE REPEAT INDICATOR PANELIS CONNECTED TO THE CONTROL PANEL,THEN THE END STATION LINK CONFIGURATIONMUST BE SET IN THE MANNER SHOWN FORREPEAT INDICATOR PANEL 4 BELOW.
+ -
ON
S24
ON
ON
ON
9600 baud
4800 baud
2400 baud
1200 baud
1 2
-
+24V
-
+24V
24V
Maximum cable usage per circuit
� Cable usage per circuit of:�Zone circuit - 100 metres maximum.�Clean contact Input circuit - 300 metres maximum�LED output - 30 metres maximum�Relay output - unlimited.
End-of-line (EOL) devices
� An input circuit require in series with the contactsa 10K resistor plus a 10K EOL resistor (supplied).
� A zone input circuit is monitored with an EOLcapacitor unit (supplied).
Zone input functionality
A zone input can have conventional detectors andmanual call points (MCPs) connected. All MCPs musthave a 470 Ohms or 3V9 zener diode in series withnormally open contacts. The zone input can take amaximum load of up to 2mA at 24V nominal (withminimum operating voltage of 18V). The zone circuitmust be terminated with an EOL capacitor unit.
Confirmation Input / Output functionality
An input and an output of a module can be paired tooperate in a confirmation mode. External equipmentcan send an acknowledgement upon receiving asignal from the module, this is called 'confirmationinput'. External equipment can also receive anacknowledgement from the module upon sending it asignal, this is called 'confirmation output'.
S4 1-Input Interface
The single input interface module monitors a circuit ofeither normally open or closed contacts. The inputcan be programmed as a fire, fault, supervisory orconfirmation input. Optionally it is also possible toconfigure the input for a zone of conventionaldetectors and MCPs. In all input modes the interfacewill detect short and open circuit faults.
S4 4-Input /Output Interface
The quad input/output interface module can beconfigured to provide any combination of up to fourinputs or outputs. An output of either normally openor normally closed relay contacts can be used tocontrol a load of up to 1A @ 30Vdc/ac. Optionally anoutput can be configured to provide 1.5mA at 24V dcto drive an LED that can be normally On or normallyOff. An input can be programmed as a fire, fault,supervisory or confirmation input. Additionally it ispossible for channel 1 to be used as a Zone input,which allow connection of conventional detectors andMCPs to this module. Zone input can be configuredto have alarm validation feature and configurablereset time. The alarm validation feature can be used
to minimise false alarms by suppressing a fire inputfor a period of time defined during commissioning.
The zone reset period can be extended to allow fordifferent types of fire detectors.
� Ensure the links are configured on thePCB before the outer covers are closed, as it isdifficult to reopen the covers once assembled.
1) Remove the terminal blocks from the PCB.2) Remove the cardboard packing piece.3) Configure the links on the PCB to the required
mode.4) During commissioning fit the PCB inside the
covers, ensure the light pipe is correctlypositioned and close the covers.
5) Fit the terminal blocks to PCB.
S4 1-Output & 1-Input Interface
This interface module can be used to control aresistive load of up to 1A @ 30Vdc/ac via a set ofsingle pole change over contacts, see wiringdiagrams. In addition there is an input to allow themonitoring of the external equipment. In thisapplication the input must be configured as aconfirmation input. A confirmation input generates afault if a change of state is not seen within thepredefined period of a specific output.
Configuration
� Use the Commissioning ToolVersion 1.21 or greater to commission theseinterface modules.
Data and Installation Interfaces (Low voltage)
2 4188-873.02_Pt.1_11/06_S4 LV Interfaces
Ch
an
ne
l4
Ch
an
ne
l2
Ch
an
ne
l3
Ch
an
ne
l1
RelayOutputmode(factory setting)
P5 P4 P3 P2
Not all the componentsare shown on the PCBLight pipe
Confirmation inputZone inputSwitch inputLED Outputmodes
Cardboard
Removableterminal blocks
Outer CoverOuter Cover PCB
Light pipe
Wiring diagrams
� The loop cable screen must be continued through each interface module. The loop, switch input,zone input and LED output cable screens where used must connect to an earth terminal.
4188-873.02_Pt.1_11/06_S4 LV Interfaces 3
Interfaces (Low voltage) Data and Installation
S4 1-Output & 1-input moduleconnection details
Note 2 - Only channel 1 (terminals 5 & 6) can beconfigured as an zone input.
Note 3 - Contact rating 1A 30V ac/dc Resistive load.
Note 4 - Output is 1.5mA @ 24V dc.
Note 1 - When the input is configured as a Zone inputit is possible to attach conventional detectorsand MCPs (with 470 Ohms or 3V9 zenerdiode in series with normally open contacts),maximum load is 2mA @ 24V nominal(18V minimum) with End-of-line capacitor.
# Can be configured as LED output
The cable screens must be connected to anon the chassis or in the metal box.
If a module is mounted on a then theDIN rail must electrically connected tothe
*earth terminal
DIN rail
loop cable screen via the earth terminal.
EO
L1
0K
10
K
121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
ConfirmationInput(Optional)
NC
CO
MN
O
Output - Relaycontact rating1A 30V ac/dcResistive load
Lo
op
L1
+L
oo
p0
VL
oo
pL
2+
Lo
op
0V
#
*
*
S4 4-Input/Output moduleconnection details
121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
NC
/N
O
CO
MR
ela
yO
utp
uts
se
eN
ote
3
EO
L1
0K
10
K
SwitchInput
Zone Inputsee Note 2
LE
DO
utp
ut
se
eN
ote
4
Ch
an
ne
l1
Ch
an
ne
l2
Ch
an
ne
l3
Ch
an
ne
l4
EOL
Lo
op
L1
+L
oo
p0
VL
oo
pL
2+
Lo
op
0V
* *
*
*
S4 1-Input moduleconnection details
121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10K
10KEOL
Zone InputModeSee Note 1
EOLCapacitor unit
SwitchInputMode
Lo
op
L1
+L
oo
p0
VL
oo
pL
2+
Lo
op
0V
#
*
**
Chassis
Z+ Z-
Z+
Z-
At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should be disposed ofvia a suitable recycling centre and inaccordance with national or local legislation.
Technical data
S4-34410S4 1- Input
S4-34450
S4 4-Input /Output
S4-34420S4 1-Output & 1-Input
Approval EN54-17:2005 and EN54-18:2005 (Approval pending)
Weight-dimen. modulemodule in plastic boxmodule in metal box
92g �1047g �782g�
100g �1055g �790g �
100g �1055g �790g �
Storage temperature -30ºC to 70ºC
Operating temperature -10ºC to 60ºC
Relative Humidity Up to 95% - Temperature 5ºC to 45°C (Non condensing)
Emission BS EN 61000-6-3:2001 Residential, Commercial & Light Industry Class B limits
Immunity BS EN50130-4: 1996: Part 4
LVD BS EN 60950-2002
Ingress Protection IP31 for plastic box S4-34490 & IP40 estimated for metal box S4-34492
Colour Module-white / Plastic box-dark grey (Lid-light grey) / Metal box-dark grey
Input mode Input channel-1 only can be configured as azone input to accept conventional devices, witha load of 2mA quiescent and 9mA alarmmaximum at 24V nominal (18V minimum). Withconfigurable 2s to 5s reset period and 5s to 40salarm validation delay.
Switch input can workwith or without a delay.
Input channel can be configured as a switch input of Fire*, Fault*, Supervisory*(non fire) or Confirmation# signal. * with input acceptance delay of up to 10seconds for a Fire input and up to 300s for Fault or Supervisory input. # A fault isgenerated if confirmation input is not seen within predefined period of the outputaction (Confirmation function is not a feature of the single input module).
Output mode - A relay output of either NO orNC set of contacts rated 1A -30Vac/dc resistive load.
A relay output of change overcontacts NC, COM and NO rated1A - 30Vac/dc resistive load.
LED output 1.5mA at 24Vdc (Normally On or Normally Off)
Load Factor 1-4 switch inputs = 1 (maximum 200 per loop)
1-4 relay outputs = 2 (maximum 200 per loop only 8 individually sectored)
Zone Input = 26 (maximum 30 per loop)
Every LED output = +5 (maximum 100 LED outputs per loop)
EN54-17 data Vmax Vnom Vmin VSO max VSO min IC max IS max IL max ZC max
42V 40V 24V 14V 10V 0.4A 1A 20µA 0.1O�
Panel compatibility Compatible with LPC = V3.92 / V4.33 & MCC = V3.90 / V4.31.
Data and Installation Interfaces (Low voltage)
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
4 4188-873.02_Pt.1_11/06_S4 LV Interfaces
by Honeywell
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
139mm
93
mm
24mm
22
7m
m
245mm
Depth 77mm
HealthyFaultFault
System faultgreen
amber
202mm
12
5m
m
Depth 50mm
Metal Box
Plastic Box
Connection diagram
� The loop cable screen must be continuedthrough each interface module.
If a module is mounted on a DIN rail, then the DINrail must be electrically connected to the loop cablescreen.
� The output contacts are rated at 13A 230V acresistive load. In order to meet the requirements ofEuropean Safety Standards, ensure that all cablescarrying voltages in excess of 48V (Live and Neutral) aresuitably fused.
Dimensions
Technical data
Approval EN54-17:2005 & EN54-18:2005(Pending Approval)
Dimensions See illustrations
Weight DIN mountable:138gPCB with cover in metal box:800g
Storagetemperature
-30ºC to 70ºC
Operatingtemperature
-10ºC to 60ºC
RelativeHumidity
Up to 95% - Temperature5ºC to 45°C(Non condensing)
Emission BS EN 61000-6-3:2001Residential, Commercial & LightIndustry Class B limits
Immunity BS EN50130-4: 1996: Part 4
LVD BS EN 60950-2002
IngressProtection
Metal box - IP40 estimated
Colour -Metal Box
Dark Grey
Output Single pole change over contactsrated at 13A 230V ac Resistiveload.
Contact ratings
Type
Cycle
1hp @ 240V ac, 1/2hp @120V ac (UL508)
6x103
Terminals 2.5mm2
Load Factor 5(maximum 200 devices per loop)
EN54-17 data Vmax 42V
Vnom 40V
Vmin 24V
VSO max14V
VSO min 10V
IC max 0.4A
IS max 1A
IL max 20�A
ZC max 0.1�
Panelcompatibility
Compatible withLPC = V3.92 / V4.33 &
MCC = V3.90 / V4.31.
Data and Installation Interface (MV) - Output
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone: +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
2 4188-874.01_08/06_S4 MV O-P Interfaces
by Honeywell
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should be disposed ofvia a suitable recycling centre and inaccordance with national or local legislation.
125mm
75
mm
Depth 48mm
PCB on DIN railmountable module
202mm
12
5m
m
Depth 50mm
PCB in metal box
EarthLoop 0V
Loop L2+Earth
Loop 0VLoop L1+
NC
COM
NO
OUTPUT
2nd Fix Installation
Repeat panel 2nd fix part Quantity
� Outer door assembly 1
� Inner door assembly 1
� Master Repeat Card 1
� 20 Way ribbon cable 1
� 40 Way ribbon cable 1
� Spares pack (includes battery leads) 1
a Remove the protective temporary cover from thebackbox.
b Fit the inner door � to the repeat panelenclosure, remembering to connect the earthlead to door and then fit the outer moulded door�.
c Fit the Master Repeat Card into the backboxand:
• connect the transformer wires to terminalblock - P10.
• connect battery wires � supplied with thespares to terminal block P9 (note the red wire
connects to the + and black wire to the -terminal respectively).
• connect the ribbon cable from the terminalcard to connector - P14 on Master RepeatCard.
• connect the 40 way ribbon cable � fromMaster Repeat Card connector P7 to DisplayKey Card connector - P1.
• connect the 20 way ribbon cable � fromMaster Repeat Card connector P8 to DisplayKey Card connector - P6.
d Power-up the panel by connecting the mainssupply and then the battery supply, and note:
• the green and amber LEDs on the Masterrepeat card are lit
• all lights on the panel facia are lit for a shortduration
• a reset message appears on the display
• the local buzzer sounds for a short duration
• a battery disconnected message appears
• the display shows:MAIN PANEL OFF LINE
• the System Fault LED is lit on the panel facia
EN54 Repeat inst. 4188-839.03_11-06 3
Vigilon Repeat panel (EN) Data and installation instructions
Danger
MASTERREPEATCARD
BACK BOX
FS1
2.5AAuxiliarysupply fuse
2.5ABattery fuseFS2
12V 7Ah battery
D10Red LED(Loop communications)
D6Yellow LED(Watchdog)
D9Green LED(Power ON)
AC
AC
P10
P9
Transformer
MAINSTERMINALBLOCK
L
E
N
P14
P7
P8
P21
P20
CAUTIONHAZARDOUS VOLTAGES REMAINS
AFTER OPERATION OF FUSE.
ESD
BONDINGPOINT
RED
BLACK
+VE 0V
0V V
SW1 RESETSWITCH
TERMINALCARD
FILTER
MAINSFUSE
EARTHLEAD TOINNERDOOR
DKCSELECTIONLINKS
Configuring the linksand switches
Display selection
Contrast and emergency control
Data and installation instructions Vigilon Repeat panel (EN)
At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should be disposed ofvia a suitable recycling centre and inaccordance with national or local legislation.
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
4 EN54 Repeat inst. 4188-839.03_11-06
D6Section of theMasterRepeat Card(MRC)
Links shownin factory setpositions
P7
P8
P21
P20
P20 P20
Vigilon Fire SystemGENT2005
Panel healthy 15:45
P21 P21
8 line display 16 line display
To DKCTo DKCconnectorP6
To DKCconnectorP1
Where the repeat panel hasa 16 line display fitted, ensurethe Link P20 is NOT fitted onthe MRC. Fitting the link mayresult in damage to PCB.
�
�
Sound Alarms
Silence Alarms
Reset
Verify
Control buttons
OnOff
Dark unreadable(Maximum)
Normal factory setting(Mid setting)
Light unreadable(Minimum)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
X X X OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
| | | | | | | |X X X ON OFF OFF OFF OFF
| | | | | | | |X X X ON ON ON ON ON
CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT
Inner door
1 2 3 417 18 19 20
Zones
With Zoneindicators
Keyswitchapplication- NOT USEDLeave link fitted
87654321
Display and keyboard Card (DKC)
Without Zoneindicators
P6
P1
Buttonsenabled
Buttonsdisabled
Factory setting:Link fitted
micro DistributedAmplifier UnitThe Audio loop wiring is routed from the control panel withconnection to each micro DAU on the associated loop with returnconnection at the panel, that is Audio loop 1 is used with Deviceloop 1.
Terminals Description
L1 & 01, L2 & 02
loop circuits 1 and 2
These terminals are use towire to the loop circuit, the loopin is at L1 & 01 terminals andloop out is at L2 & 01terminals.
A B
local audio
These terminals accept mostaudio source, such asbackground music forbroadcast to the local speakercircuits.
I/A & I/B
O/A & O/B
audio loop
These terminals accept theaudio loop circuit. Here the Oin O/A and O/B signify output,while the I in I/A and I/B signifyinput.
NO1, C1, NC1 and
NO2, C2 and NC2
auxiliary relaycontacts
These are auxiliary relaycontacts, rated at 1A 24Vdc.The relay can be configured tooperate with operation of:
� central emergency
� microphone, local message
� activation, central message
� activation, central PA
� activation, Background music,
� local auxiliary input(background music) or with
� local test microphone.
The relay can be configured tooperate with any of the aboveconditions, in any combination.
A+, A- and B+, B-
Speaker circuits
These terminals accept theconnection of two speakercircuits. Each speaker circuitcan have up to 5 x 64ohmsspeakers.
Vigilon Compact VA system
P4
L1 01 L2 02
AudioStatus
I/R SENSOR
P17
LOOP
P1
N01 C1 NC1 NO2 C2 NC2
AUX RELAY CONTACTS
WHGNREDBLK0V
MICROPHONE
I/A I/B O/A O/B
AUDIO LOOPP2
A+ A- B+B-
SPEAKERS
P4
L1 01 L2 02
LOOPP1
N01 C1 NC1 NO2 C2 NC2
AUX RELAY CONTACTS
P2
A+ A- B+B-
SPEAKERS
P3
I/A I/B O/A O/B
AUDIOLOOP
P3
B-CCT
P9
SW1
A-CCT
SW2
ENSURESPRINGFITTED
L3 L4
P2
P9
LD1
CAL
P5
P11
DISCHARGELED
P6
A B
LOCALAUDIO
P6
A B
LOCALAUDIO
P17
AudioStatus
B-CCT
I/R SENSOR
A-CCT
SW1
CAL
SW2
ENSURESPRINGFITTED
DISCHARGELED
MessageCard withAudio pack
Audio Pack 1The main panel and the micro Distributed amplifier unit each has an Audio pack 1 that contains the following messages and tones.
No. Type of message Voice Message
1 micro DAU Test Male The voice alarm volumes are being adjusted there is no need totake any action.
2 Alert
(default - Emergency 1)
Female Your attention please, the fire alarm has been activated in anotherarea, please remain where you are and await further instructions.
3 Evacuate
(default - Emergency 2)
Male Attention please, attention please, this is an emergency, pleaseleave the building by the nearest available exit. Do not use the liftsor escalator.
4 Bomb
(default - Emergency 3)
Female May I have your attention please, an incident has been reported inthe area, as a precaution please move away from the windows, Irepeat, please move away from all windows, further informationwill follow shortly.
5 Alert
(alternative)
Female May I have your attention please, may I have your attentionplease, an incident has been reported in the building, whilst thisreport is being investigated, please remain at your workplace.
6 Evacuate
(alternative)
Male Ladies and gentlemen, due to unforeseen circumstances we arerequired to evacuate the building, please leave the buildingimmediately by the nearest available exit.
7 Gas Carbon Monoxide Male May I have your attention please, may I have your attentionplease, excessive carbon monoxide levels have been detected,please leave the area immediately by the nearest available exit.
8 Gas FixedExtinguishant
Male May I have your attention please, may I have your attentionplease, extinguishant gas release imminent, please evacuate thearea immediately by the nearest available exit.
9 Fire alarm test
(default - Auxiliary 1)
Female Attention please, attention please, this is the test of the fire andvoice alarm system, there is no need to take any action.
10 Fire alarm test end
(default Auxiliary 2)
Female The test of the fire and voice alarm system has now beencompleted.
11 Coded message Female Would Mr Sands please report to reception.
12 Class change Female Class change
13 Gent Limitedadvertisement
Female Ladies and gentlemen this speech message is produced by GentLimited's Vigilon Compact Voice Alarm system. This productintegrates voice alarm functions into an analogue fire alarmsystem ideal for small to medium sized buildings.
14 Stand down
(default - Auxiliary 3)
Female May I have your attention please, the cause of the alarm has beeninvestigated and the system reset. There is no cause for concern.Thank you.
15 Navy radiological attack - Beep beep beep (950Hz 80ms beep every 420mS)
16 Navy bandit attack - Beep beep beep (950Hz 50ms beep every 80mS)
17 Nursery Rhyme 1 Boys & Girls
18 Nursery Rhyme 2 Twinkle Twinkle
19 Factory test - Frequency sweep (300Hz to 10KHz in 3s)
Attention tone
No Description of tone No Description of tone
1 Nee Naw x 8 6 Pulse
2 Two tone (Bing bong) 7 Continuous
3 Four Tones - ascending 8 Bong
4 Four Tones - descending 9 Chopin
5 Bell 10 Jingle
Commissioning instructions
Indications at the micro DAU
Vigilon Compact VA system
When using the remote control on amicro DAU the indications given bythese LEDs will be different, seeinstructions for the Remote control.
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
Audio circuit
Loop circuit (analogue loop)
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
greenLED
yellowLED
yellowLED
x2 - 2 flashes (single occurrence)
blink - 1 blink (quick flash) every 1s
- steady On
LED Keys
- Off
It may be possible to recoverfrom these faults by calibratingthe speaker circuits, see'How to calibrate speakercircuits'.
fast - 8 quick flashes (blinks) every 1s
slow - 1 slow flash(every 0.5s - On 0.5s Off) every 1s
Am
plif
iers
an
dS
pe
ake
rcircu
itsh
ea
lth
y
CAL micro DAU board
Press the CAL button on micro DAU board.
If the amplifier is still faulty then theindication will reappear.
It may be possible to recoverfrom an Amplifier fault
Fault on Speaker Circuit B slow
No Power to micro-DAU
Quiescent blink
micro DAU in Fall back mode fast
During Speaker calibration x2
Audio On
Fault on Speaker Circuit A slow
Wiring Short or open circuiton Speaker Circuit A
Wiring Short or open circuiton Speaker Circuit B
Amplifier A fault blink
Amplifier B fault blink
fast fast fastAudio and device loopsdisconnected. For examplewhen the micro DAU isdischarging the stored energy.
CAL/FaultReset
The panel MUST NOT be in 'Test Mode'when attempting an Amplifier fault recovery.
To calibrate the Speaker circuits using the remote
When the speaker circuits are wired to the micro DAU it is important to calibrate the circuits by pressing the CAL button.
To calibrate the speaker circuit at the micro DAU
To calibrate the speaker circuits using the Remote controlThe preferred method of calibrating the speaker circuits is by using the CAL button on the micro DAU PCB.
Commissioning instructions
You can also calibrate the speakercircuits by using the remote control.
micro DAU board
Switch On the Test Mode at the Control panel.
Press the CAL button on micro DAU board tocalibrate the both speaker circuits.Start of calibration, single indication:
Wait for 2 minutes for end of calibration.No indication is given of end of calibration.
Ensure the panel Test Mode is switched Off
CAL/FaultReset
x2 Audio Status
x2 - 2 flashes (single occurrence)
Key
To calibrate the speaker circuits
Switch On the Test mode at the control panel, see #.
Press and hold the button and make a short presson the Power button and then release the button.This will start the calibration of both the speaker circuitsof the micro DAU.
ƒ
Switch Off the Test mode at the control panel, see #.
Wait for 2 minutes You may also hear a popping soundfrom the speakers during calibration.
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
3m
-m
axim
um
range
RemoteControl
Trouble shootingIf the remote control fails to operate in close proximity tothe indication aperture on micro DAU then a possiblecause may be the battery. Replace the battery in theremote control.
¦
+-
micro DAU
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
Indication atRemote Control
Indications atmicro DAU
#At the control panel press theMenu On/Off button,select [Test/Eng], [UserCode]and enter code if appropriate,select <etc>, [Test], [Zone], forOn select [On] or for offselect [Off], key in zonenumber and select [Enter].
To switch On/Off Test mode:
- steady On
Keys for Remote Control
- Off
x1 - 1 flash every 2s
- steady On
Keys for micro DAU
- Off
x3 - 3 quick flashesevery 2 seconds
slow - 1 slow flash(every 0.5s - On 0.5s Off) every 1s
ƒ
blink
x3
Make a short press on the button and release it topower off the remote control.
blink
blink - 1 blink (quick flash) every 1s
blink
blink
x2x3
x2 - 2 flashes single occurence
To adjust the volume level of PA, V A and background music using the remote
For certain types of applications, such as in an hospital, there may be a requirement to set the volume levels of a micro DAU usingthe remote control.
� To comply with the requirements of EN54:Part 3 the minimum volume of the S-Quad sounder for voicealarm application should be no less than 65dBA at 1m.
Vigilon Compact VA system
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
3m
-m
axim
um
range
RemoteControl
Trouble shootingIf the remote control fails to operate in close proximity to theindication aperture on micro DAU then a possible cause may bethe battery. Replace the battery in the remote control.
¦
+-
micro DAU
Audio Status
Circuit B fault
Circuit A fault
Normal indications
slow
Point the Remote Control at the micro DAU throughout makingadjustment to the volume levels.
Quick press and release the Power buttonon Remote control. You are now in 'BGM' backgroundmusic volume adjust mode.
ƒ
Indication atRemote Control
x1
Switch off the Test mode at the control panel, see #.
slowx1
slowx2
x1 slow
Press and hold the Power button to save the settingsand release the button after about 2 seconds.
If PA or VA then go to step 5.
Press the button to allow mode change.
Press or button to change from BGM to PA to VAvolume adjust mode.The micro DAU LED indicateswhich mode is about to be selected.
Press the button to accept the mode.This example assumes PA volume adjust modehas been selected.
+ -
volume adjust is not required
volume adjust
Press to increase the volume or to decrease the volumeand adjust volume to a required level.
+ -
ƒ
slowx2 slowslowThese LEDswill give a steadyOn indication whenthe volume reachesmaximum orminimum level.
x1 slow
Press to increase the volume or to decrease the volumeand adjust to a required level.
+ -
If PA or VA volume level is required to be adjusted thenswitch On the Test mode at the control panel, see #.
Indications atmicro DAU
#At the control panel press theMenu On/Off button,select [Test/Eng], [UserCode]and enter code if appropriate,select <etc>, [Test], [Zone], forOn select [On] or for offselect [Off], key in zonenumber and select [Enter].
To switch On/Off Test mode:
- steady On
Keys for Remote Control
- Off
x1 - 1 flash every 2s
- steady On
Keys for micro DAU
- Off
blink - 1 quick flash every second
Fast - 8 quick flashes every second
slow - 1 slow flash(every 0.5s - On 0.5s Off) every 1s
x2 - 2 flashes every 2s
This LED will blinkif there is no audio.
Ensure appropriate audio is Onto enable volume setting.
This LED will blinkif there is no audio.
To test the audio to speaker circuits
The audio to speaker circuits can be tested by making announcements via:
� Emergency microphone
� PA microphone
� activating the central emergency and auxiliary messages at the control panel
� and by switching on the Background music system.
How to enable or disable Background music or PA
The background music and PA can be enabled or disabled, to do this press the Menu On/Off button and then select [Control]followed by [Enable] / [Disable] and then momentarily press <etc> and select [Audio], now select either [PA] or [Music] followed by[Enter].
Commissioning instructions
How to connect the Audio Loop
The audio loop may be commissioned once the analoguedetection loop has been satisfactorily powered up with addressesallocated to all the devices on loop circuits,
� Before connecting the audio loop at thepanel ensure the panel is powered down.
It is recommended that each audio loop circuit is wired up andtested independently.
Testing the Audio loops
The audio loop must also be tested for open circuit and shortcircuit faults.
Open circuit fault on Audio loopWhen the positive or negative line of the audio loop isdisconnected at any point on the loop, the panel will display afault message and will light the fault LED, plus the panel buzzerwill sound.
The message displayed will read:
ACC Loop n O/C
There will also be other information such as time and date of theevent.
Short circuit fault on Audio loopWhen the positive and negative lines of the audio loop are shortcircuited together at any point on the loop, it will cause a faultevent and the panel will display a fault message and will light thefault LED, plus the panel buzzer will sound.
The message displayed will read:
ACC Loop n S/C (1,4)
There will also be other information such as time and date of theevent.
The numbers in the brackets will help identify the location of theshort circuit. In this case the location of the fault is between microDAU device address 1 and 4.
Commissioning instructions
L1
01
L2
02
++
+
+L1
L2
0V
++
+
+L1
L2
0V
L1
0Vmicro Distributed Amplifier unit
L2
0V
PANEL
2 - way device
2 - way device
Earth tometal box
Master Control Board
P7
L1 0V L2 0V L1 0V L2 0V
ANALOGUE LOOP CIRCUIT 1
Note: The 0V terminalsin the device terminal plateare electricallyconnected together.
LOOP 2 LOOP 1
P14
P4
L1 01 L2 02
P13P12
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 1
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP 2
Audio Control Card
P12
O/A O/BI/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP
mic
roD
istrib
ute
dA
mp
lifier
un
it
P4
L1
01
L2
02
P1
2
O/A
O/B
I/AI/B
AU
DIO
LO
OP
ANALOGUE LOOP
AN
AL
OG
UE
LO
OP
AUDIO LOOP CIRCUIT 1
Manual call point
O/A O/B I/A I/B
AUDIO LOOP
How to link out anaudio loop if it isnot being used
Background MusicThe background music system should be connected to the control panel as shown below. The setting the 0dBA pre-amplified outputif adjustable must not cause the pointer on the VU meter at the control panel to deflect above 0dBA, in the red range, see page 22.
Further adjustment of volume level of audio to the speaker circuits is made during the configuration stage, this is done using thecommissioning tool. Volume adjustment is also possible using a remote control, see the micro DAU section.
PA MicrophoneThe PA microphone should be connected to the control panel as shown below. When configuring the system it is possible to selectthe voice alarms zones to which PA announcements apply. An attention tone such as a bing bong tone can be configuration to soundeach time the press to talk button on the microphone is pressed.
Vigilon Compact VA system
Audio Control Card
PANEL
P15
R
BGM
L
Spot announcement machine
Multi play CD
Twin cassette deck
DigitalAM/FM Tuner
Amplifier
Pre-amplified output0dB maximumMono
Stereo
L R
There are many typesof entertainment systemsthat are commercially available.This example show onearrangement of howan entertainment system maybe connected to the panel.
DO NOT connect theSpeaker outputs ofthe Amplifier to theAudio Control Card.
Amplified volumecontrol adjuststhe pre-amplifiedoutput.
Audio Control Card
PANEL
AB PTT1 0VPA MIC 1
24V
P14
PAPA1
Pu
rple
9
Bla
ck
12
Gre
en
6
Gre
y1
0
Ora
ng
e3
Bro
wn
1
Junction box
15-way D-type connector
Recommended cable Belden No 9842Cable distance 100m maximum
Pin
k4
Interface and panel outstations
It is important to prepare the interface units, mimic and repeat panels on aloop circuit to be powered up. This is necessary in order to minimise thenumber of fault events being flagged up.
VIG-INT-MAINS - Mains powered interface
NOTE: Always power-up this interface unit before powering-up thecontrol panel.
Interface and panel outstations VIG-INT-MAINS - Mains powered interface
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-1 Interface board connectionscdn34
RatingsZone (input) 24V nominal 2mA
maximumLink Position Meaning
Sector(output)
24V nominal 500mAmaximum (500mAtotal for all sectors)
LK1 1 - 2 # Normal zone voltage
Auxiliarypower output
24V nominal 250mAmaximum
LK1 2 - 3 Low zone voltage ‘Reduces the zonevoltage by 4V for Thorn detectors’
LED1(green)
When lit it indicateslocal mains power ishealthy
LK3 1 - 2# Fail safe disable
LED2(yellow)
When lit it indicatescommunication withloop circuit has failed
LK3 2 - 3 Fail safe enable
# - factory setting
S5 - rotary switch 0 - GENT detectors #
S6 Reset push button (failsafe)
Fail safe mode In this mode if there is a loop communication failure lasting over 1 minute duration, then all the outputs of the unit are activated, switchedOn. The outputs deactivate on restoration of communication.
If there are three communication failures over 10 minutes duration thenthe outputs will be latched On, in this case the unit must be powered downand powered up again to unlatch and restore normal operation.
Dual-in-lineswitches
q Set the dual-in-line switches S1-S4 for input, output or not used (off)position.
End-of-line units q Connect the end-of-line EOL units to IO lines to allow fault free IOlines to be seen for the allocation of addresses.
Links q Set the links LK1 and LK3 plus the rotary switch on the interfaceboard, as necessary.
NOTE: The mains terminals are located behind a metal cover inside theinterface unit enclosure.
q Connect the mains supply and power-up the unit, notice that LED1(green) and LED2 (yellow) are lit.
q Connect the battery and fit the battery restraint bracket.
Rotary switch The rotary switch can be set to any one of its 16 positions, from 0 to F.
q Normally the rotary switch is factory set for conventional GENTdetectors connected to input lines. Other settings are available to allowdetectors from other manufacturers.
VIG-INT-MAINS - Mains powered interface Interface and panel outstations
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
NOTE: All input circuits must have a GENT End-of-line units fitted,irrespective of manufacture of detector.
Rotaryswitch(S5)setting
detectormanufacturer
detector rangecomment
link LK1oninterfaceboard
type ofdetectorstested
0 Gent XEN-DET-XXXrange 1-2 whole range
1 Hochiki orApollo
CD rangeSeries 20
1-2 optical andheat
2 Menvier Series 700 1-2 optical
3 Nittan NH-G Series 1-2 Heat
4 Notifier EC range Withoutresistor fittedto detectorbase
1-2 Heat
5 Thorn Series 300 2-3 Optical
6 Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
7 Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
8 Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
9 Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
A Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
B Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
C Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
D Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
E Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
F Gent XEN-DET-XXX range 1-2 whole range
NOTE: On changing the rotary switch setting, the interface unit must becompletely powered-down, both mains and battery supply, and thenpowered-up again.Also the loop on which the unit resides must be reallocated.
Othermanufacturers
MCP
q Where an input circuit is required to have other manufacturers manual call points, then a 3.9V zener diode should be fitted in serieswith the contacts of the call point. There should be no othercomponents fitted to the call point contacts.
NOTE: Where NITTAN detectors and manual call point are installed oninput circuit, the Vigilon system will not be able to differentiate between a fire from a call point or detector.
IO Line tests q Test the IO line as per project specification. The tests should be basedon the type of equipment interfaced, for example the interface maycontrol air conditioning system, escalator, fire door release or sprinklersystem.
Interface and panel outstations VIG-INT-MAINS - Mains powered interface
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
VIG-INT-1CH Single channel interfaceq Open the front cover and make the cable connections to the loop circuit.
NOTE: The loop and input line cable screens must be earthed.
In ter face and panel out sta tions VIG-INT-1CH Single channel interface
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-6 Single channel interface boardcdm21
Power-up q Connect the mains supply and power-up the panel. Indications given on the master repeat card:
• green (power on) LED will be lit
• amber (watchdog) LED will be lit momentarily
• red (loop communication failed) LED will be lit
• the local buzzer will sound for a short duration, if enabled
• after a short duration a message will appear on the mimic panel:OFF LINE
q Connect the battery supply.
Fault messagesMessage Meaning Possible cause
Comms fault Communications failurebetween mimic display andmimic control units
There is a wiring fault between mimicdisplay unit and mimic control unit
Disp Ack Fault The mimic display fails toacknowledge communicationsfrom the mimic control unit
There is a communication failure betweendisplay board (display unit) and smallinterface board in the (control unit)
MRC I/F fault The A4 mimic interface card inthe control unit has detected afault with the master repeatcard
Bad ribbon cable connection or the master repeat card is faulty
System error #1 Mimic display unit ROM fault Faulty micro processor in the display unit
System error #2 Mimic display unit RAM fault
System error #3 Hardware fault
System error #4 Spurious interrupt These faults are normally transient andinfrequent. Regular occurrence of suchfaults should be reported.System error #5 Data corruption
System error #6 Task stalled
q Close the door on the unit and lock it.
VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panel In ter face and panel out sta tions
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Rotary switch q Set the rotary switch SW1 (on the interface board) for the requiredinput.
RotarySwitch(SW1)position
Input circuit function. To monitor:
mode of input circuitoperation
normalstatus ofthe inputsignal
delay(seconds)beforesignal isaccepted
0 Off
1 Off
2 Multiple inputs Fire N/O 0s
3 Multiple inputs Fire N/O 30s
4 Single input Fire N/O 0s
5 Single input Fire N/O 30s
6 Single input Fire N/C 0s
7 Single input Fire N/C 30s
8 Single input Fault N/O 0s
9 Single input Fault N/O 30s
A Single input Fault N/C 0s
B Single input Fault N/C 30s
C Single input Supervisory N/O 0s
D Single input Supervisory N/O 30s
E Single input Supervisory N/C 0s
F Single input Supervisory N/C 30s
N/O = Normally open N/C = Normally closed
NOTE: An input circuit is monitored for both open or short circuit fault.
Configurations The single channel interface unit can be configured to operate:
q Single input
q or Multiple input
q with Output signal via relay change over contacts
Input/Outputline test
At an appropriate stage of commissioning the interface input and outputcircuits must be tested as per project specification. The tests are based onthe type of equipment interfaced.
Sin gle in put
NOTE: When the single channel interface unit is configured to acceptsingle input then a line module must be used.
Line moduleswitch
q The line module may be installed in a remote location up to 100m cable distance away. Its two position switch must be set to input.
VIG-INT-1CH Single channel interface In ter face and panel out sta tions
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Mul ti ple in puts
NOTE: When the single channel interface unit is configured for multipleinputs then an end-of-line capacitor unit must be used.
NOTE: The multiple inputs may be from manual call points withan in line 470 ohms resistor connected.
Out put cir cuitThe single channel interface unit output operation is via a relay. The relaycontacts are voltage free and rated:
q 5A at 24Vdc
NOTE: The relay output of the interface will operate with a sector.Therefore the single channel interface outstation will need to be configured to a sector.
NOTE: A local switching facility to select the input/output mode ofoperation is not provided. The single channel interface unit operates bothinput and output circuits.
In ter face and panel out sta tions VIG-INT-1CH Single channel interface
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
VIG-INT-ZONE Loop powered zone moduleq Open the front cover.
q Make the cable connections to the loop circuit.
NOTE: The loop and input line cable screens must be earthed.
NOTE: An end-of-line capacitor unit must be connected to the end of the detection (zone) circuit.
NOTE: The Vigilon system is unable to distinguish between a fire inputfrom manual call points and detectors connected to the zone circuit ofthe loop powered zone module.
Zone circuit The zone circuit can accept up to 20 conventional devices, such as GENTXEN-DET-XXX range of conventional fire detectors and manual call points( the latter fitted with 3.9V zener or 470 R resistor in series with its contact).
VIG-INT-ZONE Loop powered zone module In ter face and panel out sta tions
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-7 Loop powered zone modulecdm40
VIG-INT-LOOP - Loop powered interface
q Ensure the cable connecting to the IO lines of the interface unit is EMC compliant.
Dual-in-lineswitches
q Set the dual-in-line switches S1 and S2 (on the interface board) for therequired input or output on each channel.
VIG-INT-LOOP - Loop powered interface Interface and panel outstations
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-2Mains interface
& line-moduleboards
cd8m083
NOTE: The supervisory mode is a non fire input used to trigger acommand build.
NOTE: On changing the setting of switches S1 and S2 the loop must be reallocated.
Keyswitchapplication
q Where keyswitches are being used, they must be connected toconnectors P1 (for channel 1), P2 (for channel 2), P3 (for channel 3)and P4 (for channel 4).
q Fit the keyswitch door to the interface unit. The door can accommodate4 off 2-way keyswitches or 2 off 3-way keyswitches, see keyswitchdoor option.
NOTE: A line module must not be used on a channel that has akeyswitch connected to connectors P1, P2, P3 and P4.
q For keyswitch input, the interface board dual-in-line switches S1/S2must be set to a normally open input.
Line module q If a line module is used, set its switch S1 to the same, input or output,setting as the interface channel to which it is connected.
q The line module may be installed in a remote location up to 100m cable distance away.
NOTE: A maximum of 1Km cable usage per loop is allowed for theconnection of line modules installed in remote locations and 19245-06power supply input output lines.
IO line test q Test the IO line as per project specification. The tests should be basedon the type of equipment interfaced, for example equipment such as airconditioning system, escalator, fire door release or sprinkler system.
Interface and panel outstations VIG-INT-LOOP - Loop powered interface
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Keyswitch door option
Assuming a keyswitch door is to be fitted to a loop powered interface unitor the rack interface:
q Remove the appropriate blanking plate from the door.
q Fit onto the keyswitch door the keyswitch, lock nut, label holder anddress-nut.
q Replace the original interface door with a keyswitch door.
q Fit the wires from keyswitches to connectors P1 - P4 or CH1-CH4(Rack only) on the interface board.
Keyswitch door option Interface and panel outstations
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-4 Keyswitch interface doorscd8m084
<——— Switch S1—--><Switch S2->
Channel —>Switch No>
CH11 2 3
CH24 5 6
CH37 8 1
CH42 3 4 Mode
1 = On0 = Off
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Fire (normally open)
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 Fault (normally open)
0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 Supervisory (normally open)
0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 Not in use (channel not set up)
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 Fire (normally closed)
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 Fault (normally closed)
1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 Supervisory (normally closed)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Output
NOTE: The supervisory mode is a non fire input used to trigger acommand build.
Switch S2No—> 5 6 7 8 Channel No Delay
0 0 0 0 All No delay
0 0 0 1 CH1 10 seconds
0 0 1 0 CH2 10 seconds
0 1 0 0 CH3 10 seconds
1 0 0 0 CH4 10 seconds
q Partially slide each card into the respective socket. The rack unit canaccommodate up to 10 cards.
NOTE: The interface cards must be installed with ribbon header at thefront for connection to the front line terminal modules.
q Connect each interface card to either the respective line-terminalmodule or keyswitch. Then fully slide the interface card into the rackand ensure it is fully seated into its socket.
NOTE: A keyswitch door option can be fitted to this rack unit. The doorcan accommodate up to 28 off 2-way keyswitches or 20 off 3-waykeyswitches, limited by 40 inputs, see keyswitch door option.
VIG-RACK Interface rack unit Interface and panel outstations
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-6 DIL switchsettings for rackinterface board
cd8m086
VIG-MIM/ZONE Mimic or Zonal panelSee also Mimic configurer part of this manual.
q Unhook the front cover.
Zonal panel NOTE: The zonal panel is supplied with the pre-programmed EPROM and the zone designation plan fitted.
Mimic panel q A custom site plan must be fitted in-between the two translucent sheets of the panel front cover. Also a custom EPROM must be fitted on themaster repeat card, see Mimic configurer part of this manual.
NOTE: Ensure the custom site plan is fitted to the panel to coincide with the LED matrix.
q Open the hinged inner door.
q Connect the mains supply and power-up the panel.
• the green and amber LEDs on the master repeat card are lit
• the local buzzer sounds for a short duration
• after a short duration a message will appear on the mimic panel:OFF LINE
q Operate the keyswitch on the panel, this will:
• cancel the local buzzer
• and carry out lamp test.
q Connect the battery supply.
In ter face and panel out sta tions VIG-MIM/ZONE Mimic or Zonal panel
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-1 Mimic panel battery connection
cd8m087
VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panelSee also Mimic configurer part of this manual.
The A4 Mimic panel set consists of:
q A4 Mimic display unit - which requires:
• Site plan kit to make it into an A4 Mimic panel
• or Zonal kit to convert to an A4 Zonal panel
q A4 Mimic control unit
A4 Mimic dis play unitThis unit requires a custom site plan or a zonal plan to be fitted to the LED housing.
To fit the siteplan
a) Remove the protective cover fitted to the mimic display unit and openthe door.
b) Remove the 8-screws that secure the LED housing to the door frame.The LED housing may be hinged back into the backbox and allowedto rest on the foam block to ease installation of the A4 site plan.
VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panel In ter face and panel out sta tions
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-2 A4 Mimic panel with the door opencdm18
c) Remove the backing from one side of an A5 adhesive sheet. Apply to the reverse side of the printed A4 site plan or zonal plan sheet, sothat when attached to the LED blocks it will be in the position shownby the dotted line, see Figure 3-3. Press the adhesive sheet downfirmly.
.
d) Remove the remaining backing from the adhesive sheet attached tothe plan sheet.
e) Align and fit the plan sheet to the LED blocks and smooth out anyair bubbles.
In ter face and panel out sta tions VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panel
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-3 A4 Mimic plan and buzzer configurationcdm20
NOTE: If slight repositioning is required, the low-tack adhesive sheetallows the plan sheet to be removed and replaced as required.
Local buzzerdisable
f) If required, insert a link to short pins P3 on the mimic display PCB todisable the local buzzer.
NOTE: With the buzzer disabled there will be no local buzzer indicationin the event of a fire or fault condition.
g) Refit the LED housing to the door frame using screws previouslyremoved.
h) Ensure the cable connections from the Mimic control unit are made atthe Mimic display unit.
NOTE: Ensure the cable screen is earthed to both the control unit anddisplay unit.
i) Close and lock the door.
A4 Mimic Con trol unitThis unit requires a custom EPROM to be fitted to the master repeat card,in the mimic control unit, see also the Mimic configurer part of this manual.
q Open the mimic control unit door.
q Make the cable connections between the A4 Mimic display unit and the mimic control unit. Connect also the loop and mains supply cables.
q Check all internal connections are secure.
VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panel In ter face and panel out sta tions
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-4Mimic display to
Control unitconnections
cdm19
Local buzzerdisable
q If required, insert a link to short pins P1 on the master repeat card PCBto disable the local buzzer.
NOTE: Under mains fail condition, that is with only the green power and yellow fault LEDs On, the optional battery if installed will provide astandby supply to the unit for up to 72 hours plus 0.5 hour alarm load.
NOTE: If the local buzzer is enabled, then there is no means of locallycancelling the buzzer during local fault condition. The buzzer isautomatically cancelled when the main panel buzzer is cancelled.
In ter face and panel out sta tions VIG-MIM-A4 A4 Mimic panel
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 3-5 Components and battery connectioncdm21
VIG-BEAM Beam sensor
Preparation To commission the beam sensor pair check the following:
q The control panel Loop processor and Local controller cards havesoftware version 3.4x or later.
NOTE: The VIG-BEAM Beam sensor is a Type 3 sensor and it is SAFEcompatible.
q The beam transmitter and receiver heads are installed on the same loopcircuit.
q A two way radio is available for communication, while one personaligns the beam sensor head, another person operates the controls andread measurements given at the control panel.
The terms ‘head, device and outstation’ are used interchangeably.
These procedures assume the heads are mounted on the angle brackets.Similar procedures are applicable for the IP rated and parallel brackets.
Identification q The beam sensor heads each has a black plastic circular labelsurrounding the lens for identification.
q The 2-way base has is a black plastic cover fitted over the electronics.
VIG-BEAM Beam sensor Preparation
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 6-1Beam sensor
pair andbrackets
cdn473
Beam sensor alignment
NOTE: Before aligning the sensor heads check to ensure all bracket and base fixing screws are securely fitted. After alignment ensure the pivotpins and adjusters are secure.
Initial alignment a) Using the adjuster on the bracket, roughly align one head to face theother head. To do this:
• slacken the locknuts to unscrew the Y- adjusters
• to make a large adjustment remove the centre pin of the Y pivot
• align the head in the Y-axis to face the opposite head
• secure the centre pin into the appropriate Y-pivot, to enableadjustment
• turn the adjusters to meet the centre pin and lock the axis adjustedusing the lock nuts.
• repeat procedure for the X-adjusters
• repeat the whole procedure for the opposite head.
Initial alignment VIG-BEAM Beam sensor
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
Figure 6-2 Beam sensor with bracket assemblycdm44
Fine adjustment g) Unlock the lock nuts to allow Y axis adjustment and using theadjusters move the transmitter head in a Y direction, then:
• stop on reaching a time average reading 5 bits below the peakvalue
• while counting the number of turns, adjust in the opposite direction to reach 5 bits below the peak value
• finally turn the adjuster half the number of counted turns, towardsthe peak and then stop
• secure the axis adjusted using the lock nuts
h) Repeat g) for adjustment in the X direction.
i) Repeat g) and h) at the receiver head.
l) Carry out a final [Autogain]. Then recheck the time average readingis within 140 to 170 band.
m) Back up the appropriate loop processor card LPC (which holds thegain data) to the RAM using [Back Up] command in the [Set Up]menu.
Fine adjustment VIG-BEAM Beam sensor
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
b)Select Gain Select a gain from the table for the required path. Set the gain of thereceiver head, select [Test/Eng] -> [Gain] and enter gain value.
CAUTION: On changing the gain of the beam receiver, donot:❑ power-down the control panel❑ or reset the local controller card❑ or reallocate or reset the loop having beam sensorsuntil gain changed acknowledge followed by the gain numberis display. Otherwise a ‘Memory corrupt’ message will appearon the display.
Gain Distance
6-929-3356-60
2m10m100m
Courseadjustment
c) Use the [Align] function in the [Test/Eng] menu and enter the twosensor head addresses. Note the LEDs on the heads will flash onceevery 2 seconds:
• a 1.9 seconds LED flash will be seen for a large signal
• a 100mS LED flash will be seen for a small signal.
d) Adjust the transmitter head in X and Y directions to obtain a longLED flash signal, allow at least 3 seconds for the flash rate to change.Then lock the adjusters using the lock nuts.
e) Repeat d) for the receiver head, to obtain a maximum flash length.
Time averages f) Using the [Info] menu, read the time averages on channel 2 of thereceiver head, this should be between 140-170. After each adjustmentwait for 5 seconds for a change in the reading.
NOTE: For time average reading above 200 bits, carry out an [Autogain]using the [Test Eng] menu. This will minimise the fine adjustment.
CAUTION: Never [Autogain] a range of outstations.
VIG-BEAM Beam sensor Select Gain
Vigilon Sys tem Com mis sioning
This page has been intentionally left blank.
4188-856_i2_12/06_Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
Vigilon (EN & BS) Compact (VA) panels
Ap
pen
dix
F-
Devic
eco
mm
issio
nin
g
Generic Commissioning instructions
Gent by Honeywell reserves the right to revise this publication from time to time and make changes to the content hereof withoutobligation to notify any person of such revisions of changes.
Hamilton Industrial Park, Waterside Road, Leicester LE5 1TN, UK Website: www.gent.co.uk
Telephone +44 (0) 116 246 2000 Fax (UK): +44 (0)116 246 2300
4188-856_i2_12/06 Generic Vigilon (Compact + VA) Comms.
by Honeywell
Do not dispose of with your normal household waste.Do not burn.
WEEE Directive:At the end of their useful life, the packaging,product and batteries should bedisposed of via a suitable recycling centre.
top related